# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. # Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: # ChinaMaker , 2020 # inspur qiuguodong , 2020 # Felix Yang - Elico Corp , 2020 # zpq001 , 2020 # 敬雲 林 , 2020 # fausthuang, 2020 # bf2549c5415a9287249cba2b8a5823c7, 2020 # guohuadeng , 2020 # Martin Trigaux, 2020 # mrshelly , 2020 # Jeffery CHEN Fan , 2020 # liAnGjiA , 2020 # Gary Wei , 2020 # Datasource International , 2020 # Miao Zhou , 2020 # Mandy Choy , 2021 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Mandy Choy , 2021\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: zh_CN\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../inventory.rst:5 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "库存" #: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" msgstr "条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 msgid "Daily Operations" msgstr "日常作业" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "如要使用条码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "如要全面使用条码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个库位，你需首先指定进行库存调整的库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "如没有多个库位，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "如有5件相同物品，可将它扫描5次或用键盘设置数量。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "除了使用条码扫描器，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或者通过扫描**确认**条码进行确认。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" " bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " "the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" "条码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条码并贴在产品上。这个条码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "创建条码命名规则" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " "nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" "Odoo支持条码命名规则，它决定了已编码信息的映射和解读方式。你可在 :doc:`开发人员模式 " "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` 配置你的条码命名规则。为此，前往 " ":menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 条码命名规则`。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "你可在此创建条码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "第一步是指定**规则名称**，例如，带3位小数的重量条码。然后，你需指定条码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " "be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." " The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" " simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" "条码模式是定义条码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条码编码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条码匹配的第一条规则。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "配置产品" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "产品条形码应以“21”开头。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条码的其他数字，用于识别产品；" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "如定义了D或N，条码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "在EAN-13中，最后一个数字是校验数，使用EAN13生成器可确定你的情况应是哪个数字。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " "receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " "create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" "如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条码，或在条码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "规则类型" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "**定价产品**：POS用于识别产品并指定价格。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " "discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " "product." msgstr "**打折产品**：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，然后再扫描折扣条码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "**称重产品**：POS（根据重量计算价格）和库存中用于识别产品及指定其重量。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "**客户**：用于识别客户，例如在忠诚度计划中使用。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "**收银员**：用于在进入POS时识别收银员。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "**库位**：在启用多个库位的情况下，用于识别调拨的库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "**包裹**：在启用包裹功能的情况下，用于识别调拨的包裹。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Lot**: allows you to identify the lot number of a product on a transfer." msgstr "**批次**：用于识别调拨的产品批号。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "**信用卡**：不需要手动修改，使用Mercury模型现有的数据。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "**单位产品**：用于在POS和调拨过程中识别产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:84 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "如条码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "调拨过程" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "简单调拨" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "从*条码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*作业*页面。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的作业类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条码，进入现有的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " "products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " "the stock moves." msgstr "在此，你可扫描现有调拨中包含的产品和/或向其添加新产品。在扫描完毕所有产品后，你可确认调拨，进入库存移动环节。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储库位，你可为不同的作业类型添加额外步骤。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "收据" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " "location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" "当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， " "或者扫描库位条码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "在本例中，如果你让产品进入WH/Stock，只需扫描下一件产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "交货单" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "在产品发货时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置不同，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位发货的产品。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " "your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "在扫描完毕不同产品后，你可扫描其他库位，如WH/Stock，交货单上将添加另一页。通过*前一项*和*下一项*按钮，你可在不同页面之间切换。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "现在，你可确认调拨操作了。为此，点击*下一步*，然后进入调拨操作的最后页面。你可在此确认所有操作。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "内部转账" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "如内部调拨的源库位和目标库位已正确无误，则无需扫描。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "已追踪产品的调拨" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "如你按批号/序列号处理产品，你有两种操作方法：" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条码，然后扫描批号/序列号条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "从头开始创建调拨" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "如要从*条码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印作业类型条码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条码表*。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "完成后，你可扫描需要创建新文档的库存。然后，系统将创建空白文档，你可扫描产品并填充该文档。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "在Odoo中使用条码扫描相当容易。但是一个好的用户体验依赖与正确的硬件设置。该向导会帮你完成从条码枪的选择到设置。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "找到适用的条码扫描枪" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" "用来进行 **盘点** 和 **条码扫描** 推荐的3种不同的条码扫描应用是 **USB扫描枪** , **蓝牙扫描枪** 以及 **移动电脑扫描枪**" " 。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" " you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " "be configured to be so." msgstr "" "如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描枪** " "是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描枪和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " "approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " "with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" " " "**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " "turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " "that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " "Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " "job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" "在繁忙的业务中，**移动电脑扫描器** " "是最简便的解决方法。它由一个小型电脑和一个内置条码扫描器构成。这是一种非常高效的的解决方案，但你需要确保该设备能流畅运行Odoo。最近使用Android" " + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE " "Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "配置条码扫描器" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "键盘布局" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " "characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" "一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, " "用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "自动回车" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " "delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" " of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " "explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" "默认的, Odoo在每次成功的扫描之间有50毫秒的延时(这样可以避免偶然的重复扫描)。如果你想禁用该延时, " "你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 " "ON','申请输入后缀', 等等。)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中启用条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " "attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " "work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" "条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:12 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:9 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:19 #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "基础配置" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" "如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "设置产品条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "设置库位条码" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" " locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Locations`." msgstr "" "如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "条码格式" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "" "Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " "proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " "Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." msgstr "多数零售产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要适当授权才能使用。你必须向国际物品编码协会交费后才能获得EAN代码顺序。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 msgid "" "Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " "own barcode format for internal use." msgstr "但Odoo支持所有字符串的条码，所以你也可以定义内部使用的条码格式。" #: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 msgid "Warehouse Management" msgstr "仓库管理" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:3 msgid "How do I cancel a delivery order?" msgstr "如何取消交货单？" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo gives you the possibility to cancel a delivery method whether it has " "been validated to fast, it needs to be modified or for any other reason." msgstr "不管是因为过快确认的原因, 还是需要被修正或者其余的原因, Odoo能让我们取消一个交货方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:12 msgid "" "Some carriers are more flexible than others, so make sure to cancel your " "delivery order as fast as possible if it needs to be done so you don't have " "any bad surprise." msgstr "有些货代会比其他货代更加灵活, 所以请在收到坏的消息之前确保在交货单取消掉。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Sale process" msgstr "销售过程" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:19 msgid "" "Go to the **Sales** module, click on **Sales** and then on **Sales Order**. " "Then click on the sale order you want to cancel." msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 **销售** 然后点击 **销售订单** 。殿后点击你想要取消的销售订单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:25 msgid "" "Click on the **Delivery** button, in the upper right corner of the sale " "order." msgstr "点击销售订单右上角的 **交货** 按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, click on the **Additional info** tab and you will see that next to the " "**Carrier Tracking Reference**, there is a **Cancel** button. Click on it to" " cancel the delivery." msgstr "现在, 点击 **更多信息** 页面然后你会看到紧挨着 **货代运单号** , 有一个 **取消** 按钮。点击该按钮就可以取消交货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/cancel_order.rst:38 msgid "" "To make sure that your delivery is cancelled, check in the history, you will" " receive the confirmation of the cancellation." msgstr "确保交货单已经取消, 在历史记录中检查, 你会收到取消的确认。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:3 msgid "How can I limit a delivery method to a certain number of countries?" msgstr "如何把一种交货方式局限于特定的国家？" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can have different types of delivery methods, and you can " "limit them to a certain number of countries." msgstr "用Odoo, 你可以使用不同类型的交货方式, 并且可以限定特定的交货方式到特定的国家。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to the **Inventory** module, click on **Configuration** and then on " "**Delivery Methods**." msgstr "进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 **配置** 然后点击 **交货方式** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:20 msgid "" "Select the delivery method that you want to change, or create a new one." msgstr "选择你想变更的交货方式, 或者创建一个新的。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:25 msgid "" "In the **Destination** tab, choose the countries to which you want to apply " "this delivery method." msgstr "在 **目的地** 页面, 选择该种交货方式使用的国家。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:28 msgid "Now, that this is done, Let's see the result." msgstr "现在已经完成, 我们来看看结果。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:30 msgid "" "If you go to the website, and you try to buy something, once you've entered " "your details and you proceed to the payment, the website will propose you " "only the delivery methods that apply to your shipping address." msgstr "如果进入网站, 并且你需要购买, 一旦你完成详细的输入后并且完成了付款, 网站会提供根据交货地址上的交货方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/delivery_countries.rst:39 msgid "" "This process doesn't work in backend. We assume that when you create a Sale " "Order, you know which delivery method you can use since you created them." msgstr "该进程不在后台运行。我们假设你创建了一个销售订单, 你就知道你能使用哪个已经创建的交货方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品（直运）" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" msgstr "什么是直运？" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 msgid "" "Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " "shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " "system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " "stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." msgstr "直运系统可将订单商品直接从供应商发给客户。在常规发货系统中，产品从供应商发到你的仓库，然后在客户下单后从仓库发给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 msgid "" "With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " "your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." " Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." msgstr "在直运模式中，无需保有库存。当客户在门店下单后，商品直接从供应商发给客户。因此，产品无需经过你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" msgstr "实施直运模式需要考虑的要点" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 msgid "" "Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " "stock." msgstr "直运仅适合你无法或不愿意保有库存的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 msgid "" "One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " "drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " "space in your warehouse." msgstr "其中一个原因是你在直运商品上获得的利润率往往较低，因此仅适合需要占用大量库存空间的商品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." msgstr "直运最适合小众产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 msgid "" "Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" " suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " "more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " "product is unique, then it makes sense!" msgstr "大需求量的产品往往由大供应商提供，价格可能比你优惠，因此使用费用更高的发货方式从经济上看不合算。但如果你的产品非常独特，情况就不同了！" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." msgstr "避免给客户带来不良体验。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 msgid "" "Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." msgstr "事先自行测试直运公司，列出最好的公司。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 msgid "Make sure time is not against you." msgstr "确保时间可控。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 msgid "" "Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " "than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" " be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." msgstr "直运应有合理的时间，绝对不能超出你自己处理发货事宜的时间。如能向客户提供运单号更好。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." msgstr "要确保在供应商那边有足够的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 msgid "" "It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " "you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " "the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." msgstr "知晓产品在供应链上游的状况是很有用的。如果你没有这些信息，就告诉客户现在没有库存，并且这取决第三方的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 msgid "" "For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " "blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* `__." msgstr "" "关于直运的详情及见解，请阅读我们的博客*直运是什么以及如何使用* `__。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" msgstr "配置直运" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 msgid "" "Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，在*采购*应用程序中启用此功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 msgid "" "Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " "make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " "product via drop-shipping." msgstr "" "然后，前往*库存*应用程序，在 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "设置`中，启用*多步骤路线*功能。然后，你可在销售订单行的*路线*字段，指定通过直运发送产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " "Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " "which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." msgstr "" "现在，在*销售*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`产品 --> 产品`。选择想要直运的产品，并通过采购选项卡添加合适供应商的价格表。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" msgstr "从供应商直接向客户发送产品" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 msgid "" "Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." " Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " "line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" "Shipping*." msgstr "创建*销售订单*并添加你刚才设置供应商的产品。通过销售订单行右侧的小工具添加*路线*字段。现在，你可将产品路线指定为*直运*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 msgid "" "Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " "for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " "can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." msgstr "确认销售订单后，Odoo为处理直运的供应商自动生成*报价请求*。你可在*采购*应用程序中查看，销售订单为*源单据*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 msgid "" "Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " "linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" " location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " "own stock when you validate the dropship document." msgstr "" "在确认*采购订单*后，系统将创建*收货单*并与之关联。源库位是供应商所在地，目标库位是客户所在地。然后，你在确认直运文件后，产品不会经过你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 msgid "" "You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "你还可从库存仪表板上直接访问直运文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" msgstr "如何选择正确的库存流程来处理交货订单？" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " "warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " "deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "依赖于销售产品的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的单子数量……要发或给客户的方式可以有各种区别。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "Odoo能让我们以3种方式处理发货 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" msgstr " **一步(发货)**: 直接从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 msgid "" "**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" msgstr " **二步(拣货＋发货)**: 先把货物到出货区然后再发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 msgid "" "**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " "location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" msgstr " **三步(拣货＋包装＋发货)**: 先把货物发到一个专门位置进行包装, 然后发到出货位置进行发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 msgid "" "For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " "stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " "simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " "to handle orders very quickly." msgstr "" "有如果一个公司只是有一个小仓库并且不需要产品的高库存或者没有易腐产品。那么一步收发货是最简单且易用的方案, 这样无需大量的配置并且可以很快的处理单子。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 msgid "" "Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" " two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " "the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " "customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " "especially when the items you stock are big in size." msgstr "" "使用库存方式例如FIFO, LIFO, FEFO等, 需要在发货时至少需要两步。调拨方式会取决于出库策略, " "并且移除的货物会发货给客户。如果你拥有一个大的库存特别是对于大尺寸的产品的库存这些就会显得很有意思。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 msgid "" "The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " "one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " "packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " "set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." msgstr "" "在更多特定的情景中, 三步就会变得很有用, 最主要的一个就是处理大的库存。货物被转移到一个包装区域, 在那里根据最终目的地对这些货物进行分组打包, " "然后发送到转运码头做最后的发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 msgid "One step flow" msgstr "一步流程" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`one_step` " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 msgid "Two steps flow" msgstr "两步流程" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" msgstr "参阅文档 : : doc :`two_steps` " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 msgid "Three steps flow" msgstr "三步流程" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" msgstr "参阅文档 :doc:`three_steps` " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 msgid "How can I change the label type?" msgstr "如何变更标签类型？" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " "orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " "delivery." msgstr "在Odoo中, 你可以为交货单选择不同类型的标签。按照以下步骤给交货单选择合适的标签。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" " methods**." msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 并点击 **交货方式** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." msgstr "选择一种发货方式并点击 **编辑** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" " of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " "carrier." msgstr "在 **定价** 页卡, 在 **Fedex 标签库存类型** 下面, 你能选择可用的标签类型。系统会根据货代的不同而显示不同的可用标签。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 msgid "" "Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " "you create a new sale order." msgstr "一旦设置完成, 当你在销售模块中创建一张销售订单之后就能看到结果。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 msgid "" "As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" " you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." msgstr "如果确认了销售订单并且确认了带有已经更改了标签类型的货代的交货单, 该标签就会显示在历史记录中。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 msgid "" "The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " "bottom half for example, here is the difference :" msgstr "默认的标签类型是纸信, 如果你选了标签类型只有一半, 就能看到不同 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" msgstr "一步处理交货订单(发货)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " "outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" " the customers." msgstr "一步发货无需配置. 默认的出货配置为直接从仓库发到客户." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " "delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" "但是，如果已激活高级路线，并且您在仓库上设置了另一种运输配置，则可以将其设置回一步交付配置。 转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 " "--> 仓库`，然后编辑有问题的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." msgstr "然后, 选择*直接发货*作为您的*发货*策略." #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 msgid "Create a Sales Order" msgstr "创建销售订单" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " "to deliver and confirm it." msgstr "在*销售*应用中，创建一个包含库存产品的报价并确认" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 msgid "" "Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " "stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " "button, you should now see your delivery order." msgstr "" "注意现在我们在销售订单上方的统计按钮中，看到一个关联了此*销售订单*的发货记录。如果您点击这个有\"1个发货\"标志的统计按钮，您将可以看到您的发货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 msgid "Process a Delivery" msgstr "处理交货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 msgid "" "You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " "application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" " the Delivery Orders Kanban card." msgstr "" "您也可以直接从*Inventory*应用中查找 *delivery order*。在仪表盘界面，您可以点击发货单看板卡下的*1 TO PROCESS* " "按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 msgid "" "Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " "*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." msgstr "输入您想要处理的拣货. 如果您有在库产品的话，您将可以通过点击*Validate* 按钮完成库存移动" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " "location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " "the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " "*Done*." msgstr "" "一旦您 *确认* 交货订单，产品就会离开您的 *仓库/库存位置* ，并移至 *客户位置* 。 您可以很容易地看到交货已经完成，这要归功于现在为 *完成*" " 的单据状态。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:3 msgid "Deliver Products in Packages" msgstr "打包交付产品 " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you have the possibility to deliver your products in different " "packages, depending on the volume and or weight of your products." msgstr "在Odoo中，你可根据产品数量或重量，以不同打包形式交付产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:11 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the *Delivery Packages* feature in the " ":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "首先，你需要前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*交货包装*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:18 msgid "Proceed to a Delivery" msgstr "处理交货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:20 msgid "" "Now, you can create a planned delivery with some products in it. You will " "have the possibility to create new packages and assign them to the stock " "move lines." msgstr "现在，你可创建交货计划及其中的一些产品。你可创建新包裹并将其分配到库存移动行。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, you can define the package type from this window. Once the delivery " "order is validated, you can retrieve which products have been included in " "the package." msgstr "然后，你可从本窗口定义包装类型。但交货单被确认后，你可检索包装中包含的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:34 msgid "" "A button will appear at the delivery stage, allowing you to find all the " "packages which were part of the delivery order." msgstr "在交货阶段将出现一个按钮，查看交货单包括的所有包装。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:44 msgid "Use the Put in Pack button" msgstr "使用放入包裹按钮" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:46 msgid "" "Another way to put products in packs is to use the *Put in Pack* button. It " "will automatically assign a pack to the number of products which is set as " "*Done* and duplicate the stock move line if necessary." msgstr "另一种将产品打包的方法是使用*放入包裹*按钮。它自动将设为*完成*的产品分配到一个包裹，并在必要时复制库存移动。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:53 msgid "" "Then, you will be able to update the different packages created this way, " "directly via the *Packages* button." msgstr "然后，你可直接通过*包装*按钮，更新用这种方式创建的不同包裹。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" msgstr "分三个步骤处理提货单（提货 + 包裹 + 运送）" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " "that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " "steps before shipping." msgstr "" "当订单到达运输部门进行最终交付时，Odoo默认情况下设置为采用一步操作：一旦所有商品都可用，就可以在单个交付订单中进行运输。 " "但是，该过程可能无法反映现实，并且您的公司可能需要更多步骤才能发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 msgid "" "With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " "to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " "location before being effectively shipped to the customers." msgstr "分三步交付（拣货+包装+装运），将拣选这些物品并转移到包装区域。 然后，在将它们有效地运送给客户之前，它们将被移至输出位置。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" msgstr "启用多步路线" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " "chain the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "第一步是允许使用 *多步骤路线* 。 确实，路线提供了一种将不同的行动联系在一起的机制。 在这种情况下，我们会将拣货步骤链接到装运步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " "*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "要允许 *多步路线*，请转到：:menuselection:`清单 --> 配置 --> 设定”，然后激活该选项。 请注意，激活 *多步路线* 也会激活" " *存储位置*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" msgstr "通过3个步骤配置要交付的仓库" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " "warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" " *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" " Shipments*." msgstr "" "一旦激活了 *多步路线* ，您可以转到：:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后输入将分三步使用交货的仓库。 " "然后，您可以选择选项 * 包装货物，以输出形式发送货物，然后交付（三步）* 用于 *出口货物* 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " "*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" " you want to rename and update its name." msgstr "" "激活此选项将导致创建两个新位置，即 *输出* 和 *包装区* 。 如要重命名，请进入：menuselection：`库存 --> 配置 --> 位置`，" " *选择* 要重命名的名称并更新其名称。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "在 *销售* 应用程序中，您可以创建包含一些可存储产品的报价。 确认报价后，将创建三个调拨单并将其自动链接到您的销售订单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" msgstr "如果你点击了按钮, 现在就可以看到三个不同调拨单 :" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," msgstr "第一个带有拣货参考的指定拣货过程，" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," msgstr "第二个带有参考打包的打包过程，" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." msgstr "最后一个带有输出参考，用于指定运输过程。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" msgstr "处理拣货、打包和发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " "operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." msgstr "拣货操作是第一个要处理的拣货操作，状态为 *就绪*，而其他操作为“等待其他操作”。 拣配标记为完成时，打包操作将变为 *就绪* 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " "inventory dashboard." msgstr "您可以从此处输入拣货操作，或通过库存仪表板访问它。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 msgid "" "In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " "and you can simply validate the picking document." msgstr "如果您有库存产品，则会自动预订该产品，您只需验证拣货凭证即可。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " "which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " "order which can be directly validated." msgstr "拣货通过验证后，即可开始处理包装订单。 由于文件是链接式的，因此先前选择的产品会自动保留在可以直接验证的装箱单上。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 msgid "" "Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " "transfer the products to the customer location." msgstr "确认包装后，即可处理交货订单。 再次在这里，可以直接进行验证以便将产品转移到客户所在地。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" msgstr "两步处理交货单(拣货＋发货)" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " "set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " "available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." msgstr "一个订单进入到发货部门的最后一步时, Odoo默认会使用一步操作 :　一旦所有的货物都准备好, 就可以使用一张发货单进行发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " "happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " "part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " "output location before being effectively shipped." msgstr "" "尽管如此，在发货之前，您公司的业务流程也许还存在一个或多个步骤。在两步处理流程中，实际交运之前，交付单中的部分商品将会先在仓库中进行分拣，并挪动到出货区。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "仓库配置" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " "warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" " *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." msgstr "" "一旦激活了 *多步路线* ，您可以转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后输入将分两步使用交货的仓库。 " "接着，您可以选择选项 *在输出中发送货物，然后交货（两步）*。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." " If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." msgstr "" "激活此选项将导致创建新的 *输出* 位置。 如果要重命名，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> 位置，选择输出并更新其名称。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " "products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " "created and automatically linked to your sale order." msgstr "在 *销售* 应用程序中，您可以创建包含一些可存储产品的报价。 确认报价后，将创建两个拣货单并将其自动链接到您的销售订单。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 msgid "" "If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " "pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " "another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." msgstr "" "如果单击* 两步交货* 按钮，您现在应该看到两个不同的调拨，一个带有参考 *PICK* 来指定提货过程，另一个带有参考 *OUT* 来指定发货过程。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" msgstr "处理拣货和发货" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 msgid "" "The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " "status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " "picking operation has been marked as done." msgstr "拣货操作是第一个要处理的操作，并且有一个*Ready*状态，而送货操作只有在拣货操作被标记为已完成后才会成为*Ready*状态。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 msgid "" "Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " "processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " "which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" " order." msgstr "一旦拣货被确认，就可以处理送货单了。由于单据是链式关联的，所以之前拣选过的产品会自动保留在送货单上。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 msgid "Incoming Shipments" msgstr "入向送货" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" msgstr "如何选择正确的步骤来处理收货？" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 msgid "" "Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" " warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " "handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." msgstr "取决于因子例如收到货物的类型, 仓库的空间大小, 每天的收货单数……处理收货和发货的方式也会因此存在差异。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 msgid "" "Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" msgstr "Odoo允许有3种方式从仓库收货 :" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." msgstr " **一步**: 直接收货入库" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." msgstr " **二步**: 先入到入库区然后再进入库存" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 msgid "" "**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " "before being admitted in stock." msgstr " **三步**: 在收货区域卸货, 然后质检检验, 最后进入库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 msgid "" "Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " "receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " "standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " "configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." msgstr "" "Odoo使用 **路线** 准确的定义了你如何进行收货步骤。该配置在仓库层面完成。标准状况下, 收货一步完成, 但是通过更改配置可以进行2或者3步收货。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 msgid "The principles are the following:" msgstr "原则如下 :" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." msgstr " **一步** 收货直接入库" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 msgid "" "**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " "from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr " **二步**: 在收货区域收货然后从收货区域转移到库存, 因为在库存内货物不再转移, 所以不会有进一步的调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 msgid "" "**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " "good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " "requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" " goods receipt process can become essential." msgstr "" " **三步**: 在很多公司内, " "有必要评估收到的货物。目的是检查和供应商达成一致的所需产品的质量和所收产品一致。在产品的接收过程中添加一个质量控制步骤变得有必要。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 msgid "" "You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" " for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " "move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " "only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " "return the quantity that is not good." msgstr "" "你在收货区域接收货物, 然后转移货物到质检区域进行质量检验。当质量检验完成就可以把货物从质检区域移到库存。当然, " "你可以更改数量并且只把满足质量标准的产品移到库存并把质量不过关的产品退回。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." msgstr "Odoo中默认的配置" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow` " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" msgstr ":doc:`../../../purchase/advanced/analyze`" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" msgstr "一步处理收货（收货）" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 msgid "" "There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " "incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " "to the stock." msgstr "无需专门配置一步收货。入向送货默认配置为直接从供应商接收到库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 msgid "" "However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" " configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " "receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." msgstr "" "但是，如果之前启用了高级路线，并为仓库设置了其他的进货配置，你可将其重新设为一步收货配置。为日，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "仓库`并编辑对应的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 msgid "" "Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." msgstr "将*入向送货*设为*直接接收货物（1步）*。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" msgstr "创建采购订单" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " "click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " "the *RfQ*." msgstr "如要创建*询价单*，前往*采购*应用程序并点击*创建*。然后，添加需接收的一些可仓储产品，并确认*询价单*。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 msgid "" "Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " "just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." msgstr "请注意，现在我们将看到与你刚才创建采购订单相关的1笔收货。如点击按钮，你可看到收货单。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 msgid "Process a Receipt" msgstr "处理收货" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 msgid "" "You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " "dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " "Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." msgstr "你也可直接从*库存*应用程序查找收货。打开仪表板，点击*收货*看板卡下的*1步处理*按钮。然后，你可看到收货情况。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 msgid "" "Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " "on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " "suppliers are considered as being always available." msgstr "现在，输入你想要处理的拣货。你可点击*确认*，直接完成这步操作，因为供应商发货的产品总是被视为库存充足。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 msgid "" "Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " "to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " "place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." msgstr "*确认*收货后，产品离开*供应商库位*并进入你的*WH/Stock库位*。现在单据状态变为*已完成*，收货也已发生。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" msgstr "三步处理收货（收货+质检+入库）" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 msgid "" "Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " "throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " "of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " "control step." msgstr "" "质量对大多数公司来说都是至关重要的。为了确保我们在整个供应链中保持质量，我们对从供应商处收到的产品质量进行评估是非常合理的。为此，我们将增加一个质量控制步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " "Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " "the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " "two-steps or three-steps processes." msgstr "" "Odoo使用路线定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。 这些路线的配置在仓库级别完成。 默认情况下，接收是一个单步过程，但是也可以将其配置为具有两步或三步过程。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " "receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " "(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " "requirements are moved to stock" msgstr "这三个步骤的流程如下：您在收货区接收货物，然后将它们转移到质量区进行品质管制（QC）。 完成品控检查后，符合质量控制要求的货物将移至库存" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 msgid "" "The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " "mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " "the picking step to the shipping step." msgstr "第一步是允许使用 *多步路线* 。 路线提供了一种将不同动作链接在一起的机制。 在这种情况下，我们会将拣货步骤链接到发货步骤。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 msgid "" "To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." msgstr "要启用 *多步路线* ，请转到 :menuselection:` 库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后激活该选项。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 msgid "" "By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " "Locations*." msgstr "默认情况下，激活 *多步路线* 也会激活 *存储位置*。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" msgstr "分三步配置收货仓库" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 msgid "" "Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " "with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " "quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" "一旦激活了“多步路线”，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`，然后输入可用于三步接收的仓库。 " "然后，选择*收货中的货物，然后选择质量然后库存（3步）* 作为 *收货* 。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 msgid "" "Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " "and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." msgstr "" "激活此选项将导致创建两个新位置：*输入* 和 *质量控制* 。 要重命名它们，请转到:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " "位置`，然后选择要重命名的一个。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 msgid "" "To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " "from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," " three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " "document:" msgstr "" "要开始三步接收过程，请从 *采购* 应用中创建一个 *报价请求* ，向其中添加一些可存储的产品并进行确认。 然后，以您的 *采购订单* " "作为源凭证创建三个拣货：" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" msgstr "第一个带有参考号*IN* 的用于指定收货流程；" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 msgid "" "The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " "control zone;" msgstr "第二个参考号为 *INT* ，即移至质量控制区；" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." msgstr "最后一个带有参考号* INT *表示移动到指定库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" msgstr "处理收货，品质管制和库存输入" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 msgid "" "As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " "status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收据操作，它的状态为 *就绪* ，而其他状态为 *正在等待其他操作* 。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " "Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." msgstr "要访问收据操作，请单击 *采购订单* 中的按钮，或返回到 *库存* 应用仪表板，然后单击 *收据* 。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 msgid "" "In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " "come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." msgstr "在收货单中，将产品视为供应商，因为它们来自供应商。 然后，可以验证收据。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " "*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " "previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " "transfer can be directly validated." msgstr "收据经过验证后，向品控的转移变为 *就绪* 。 并且，由于文档彼此链接，因此先前收到的产品会在传输时自动保留。 然后，可以直接验证转移。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 msgid "" "Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " "again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " "location." msgstr "现在，将产品输入库存的转储为 *就绪* 。 在这里，可以再次进行验证以便将产品转移到您的库存位置。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" msgstr "两步处理收货（收货+入库）" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" " steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " "reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " "you to have 2 steps." msgstr "Odoo使用路线精确定义如何处理不同的收货步骤。该配置可以在*仓库*层面完成。默认情况下，收货是一步完成，通过变更配置可允许2步收货。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 msgid "" "The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " "transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " "your stock, they will not be available for further processing." msgstr "2步流程如下：在收货区收货，然后再进一步从收货区转移到库存中。只要产品没有移到库存中，就不能进一步处理这些产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 msgid "" "The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" " a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " "chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" " stock." msgstr "第一步是允许使用*多步路线*。实际上，路线提供了不同操作汇集成链的机制。在这里，我们可以把收货区的卸货步骤与产品入库步骤链接起来。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 msgid "" "To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " "routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." msgstr "" "如要启用*多步路线*，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用此功能。默认情况下，启用*多步路线*还将启用*存储位置*。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" msgstr "为2步收货配置仓库设置" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 msgid "" "Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " "will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " "in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." msgstr "" "启用*多步路线*后，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "仓库`并打开你将用于配置2步交货的仓库。然后，你可选择*货物接收和入库（2步）*作为*入向送货*。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 msgid "" "Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " "If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." msgstr "启用这一选项将创建新的*收货*库位。如要重命名，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 库位 --> 选择收货`并更新其名称。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 msgid "Create a purchase order" msgstr "创建采购订单" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" " some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " "confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " "your purchase order." msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，你可创建*询价单*，其中包括从供应商处接收的可库存产品。在确认*询价单*后，系统将创建收货分拣并自动与采购订单关联。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 msgid "" "Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " "which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" " picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " "products to *Stock*." msgstr "" "现在，点击*1步收货*按钮，你可看到首次拣货页面，允许产品进入*收货库位*。然后，系统将再次创建拣货，即内部调拨，以便将产品移动进入*库存*。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" msgstr "处理收货和内部调拨" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 msgid "" "The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " "the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " "marked as *Done*." msgstr "需处理的第一项操作是收货，是*就绪*状态，在收货标记为*完成*后，内部调拨作业将变为*就绪*。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 msgid "" "You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " "through the inventory dashboard." msgstr "你可从采购订单进入收货作业，或通过库存仪表板访问。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 msgid "" "By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " "you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." msgstr "默认情况下，收货总是被视为准备就绪，可进行处理。然后，你可直接点击*确认*，将它标记为已完成。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 msgid "" "Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " "processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " "are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " "validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " "to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." msgstr "" "在确认收货后，内部调拨已准备就绪，可进行处理。由于文件相互关联，已接收的产品自动预留为内部调拨。在确认调拨后，这些产品进入库存，你可将它们用于履行客户交付要求或制造产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "批次和序列号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" msgstr "批次号和序列号的区别是什么？" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介绍" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" "In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " "system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" " **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." msgstr "" "在Odoo中, 批次号和序列号在系统中有者相同的逻辑但是不同的表现行为。他们都是在 **库存** , **采购** , **销售** 模块中使用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 msgid "" "**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " "altogether in one single pack." msgstr " **批次** 和一定数量的收到并放在一起的产品相随。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " "particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " "delivery and after-sales." msgstr " **序列号** 是一个单独产品的唯一标识码, 能让我们从收货到发货再到售后进行追踪。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 msgid "When to use" msgstr "什么时候使用" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 msgid "" "**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " "which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " "info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " "production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " "food." msgstr "" " **批次号** 通常在大批量的产品收货中使用, 这能够帮你在报表, 质检, " "或者其余信息中反映出来。批次号能定义一些产品有或者在同一生产环境中。在食品或者服装行业的批量生产中很有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 msgid "" "**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " "service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " "You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" " way you manage these products" msgstr "" " **序列号** 对于那些需要售后的产品来说比较有用, 例如手机, 笔记本电脑, 以及其余的电子设备。依赖于管理产品的方式, " "你可以使用生成序列号或者自己的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 msgid "When not to use" msgstr "什么时候不用" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 msgid "" "Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " "paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " "chances that you can return them for production fault." msgstr "消耗品例如厨房用纸, 厕所用纸, 笔或者手写纸等使用批次是没有意义的, 因为这些产品你从来不会退货。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 msgid "" "On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" "consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " "a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " "for instance, makes no sense at all." msgstr "" "另一方面, 只有那些使用质保期现／或者售后服务的产品使用单个产品的序列号, 除了这些, " "给产品分配序列号是浪费时间的行为。例如给一块面包分配一个序列号是没有一点意义的。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 msgid "Manage expiration dates" msgstr "管理到期日" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" " based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " "based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " "customers." msgstr "很多公司的产品都有到期日，必须基于这些日期对产品进行追踪。例如，在食品行业，根据到期日追踪库存是强制要求，以避免将过期产品出售给顾客。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 msgid "" "With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" " if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." msgstr "Odoo可根据到期日追踪产品，即使已经按批号或序列号追踪这些产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 msgid "Configurations" msgstr "配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 msgid "Application configuration" msgstr "应用配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 msgid "" "To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" " Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." msgstr "" "如要使用到期日追踪功能，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`，启用*批号和序列号*及*到期日*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Product configuration" msgstr "产品配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " "tab* of the product form:" msgstr "现在，你可在产品表单的*库存选项卡*中定义不同的日期：" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " "deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " "lot/serial number;" msgstr "产品使用时间：指在该天数之后商品开始变质，但尚不够成危险。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 msgid "" "Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " "dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " "number;" msgstr "产品保质期：指在该天数之后产品可能构成危险且不可食用。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " "removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" msgstr "产品移出时间：指在该天数之后应将商品移出库存。它将按照批号/序列号计算；" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 msgid "" "Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " "raised on the lot/serial number." msgstr "产品警报时间：指在该天数之后对批号/序列号发出警报。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" msgstr "批号/序列号的到期日" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " "on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " "reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." msgstr "在库存中接收产品时，对应批号/序列号的日期将自动更新。此项更新基于产品的接收日期和产品表单设置的时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 msgid "Expiration Alerts" msgstr "到期警报" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 msgid "" "You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " "so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " "can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " "exceeded their alert date." msgstr "" "你可从*库存*应用程序访问所有到期警报。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> " "批号/序列号`。然后，你可使用已有的筛选条件，显示超过其警报日期的所有批号/序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 msgid "Manage lots of identical products" msgstr "管理大批相同的产品" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" "Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " "lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " "will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " "fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." msgstr "" "批次通常在大批量的产品收货中使用，这可用于报表、质控或者任何其他信息。例如，批次有助于识别存在生产缺陷的产品。它对于批量生产的服装或食品非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 msgid "" "Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " "traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." msgstr "Odoo可管理批次，确保符合大多数行业的可追溯性要求。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" "The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " "traceability." msgstr "Odoo中的复式管理使你进行非常高级的追踪。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 msgid "Setting Up" msgstr "设置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 msgid "Application Configuration" msgstr "应用程序配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " "Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" "首先，你需要启用按批号追踪的功能。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并勾选*批号和序列号*。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 msgid "Product Configuration" msgstr "产品配置" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " "numbers." msgstr "现在，你需要配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" " choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " "inventory tab." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`并打开你选择的产品。在库存选项卡中，点击*编辑*并选择*按批号追踪*。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 msgid "Manage Lots" msgstr "管理批次" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 msgid "" "In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " "numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "为了接收按批次追踪的产品，你必须指定其批号。你有多种操作方法：" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" msgstr "手动分配不同批号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "首先，你需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" " a line* again to register a new lot number." msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填入批号。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴批号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" "Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " "supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " "Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " "After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " "contained in each one of the lots." msgstr "" "打开供应商提供的批号电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到Odoo的*批号/序列号名称*一列，自动创建必要的行。之后，你必须手动输入每个批次包含的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 msgid "Operation Types" msgstr "作业类型" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 msgid "" "Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " "for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." msgstr "当然，你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 msgid "" "For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " "if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " "default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " "using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " "inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " "allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "" "对于每种类型（收货、内部调拨、发货等），你可决定创建新批号或是仅使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许在接收产品时创建新批次，而在这类作业中不允许使用现有批号。如果是仓库间戴波并按批次追踪产品，在收货时允许使用现有批号非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 msgid "Lots traceability" msgstr "批次追踪" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" "The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " "were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " "shipped to." msgstr "为产品分配批号可用于追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 msgid "" "To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" " Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " "your search." msgstr "如要追踪一个产品，打开*库存*模块，在 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 批号/序列号`，点击搜索对应的批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 msgid "" "When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" " lot number has been used." msgstr "打开*可追溯性*信息，你可查看该批号被用于哪些文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 msgid "" "Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " "*Location* stat button." msgstr "现在，如你想要定位这个批号，可点击*库位*统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 msgid "Work with serial numbers" msgstr "使用序列号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" "To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " "tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " "when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " "automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " "last movement." msgstr "" "如要按序列号追踪产品，你可使用序列号追踪功能。通过此功能，你可追踪产品的当前库位，如产品从一个地点移动到另一地点，系统将根据最后移动情况，自动识别产品的当前库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 msgid "" "If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" "entry management is the feature you need." msgstr "如你想要使用此功能，或允许高级可追溯性功能，需使用Odoo的复式分录管理。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 msgid "" "First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " "Then, enable the feature and hit save." msgstr "" "首先，你需要启用序列号追踪功能。为此，在*库存*应用程序中前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`。然后，启用该功能并点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 msgid "" "Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." " To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " "product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " "Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." msgstr "" "现在，你可配置想要按序列号追踪的产品。为此，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品` " "并打开你选择的产品。在*库存*选项卡中，编辑该产品并选择*按唯一的序列号追踪*。然后，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" msgstr "管理序列号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" "To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " "its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" msgstr "为了接收按序列号追踪的产品，你必须指定其序列号。当然，你有多种操作方法：" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 msgid "Manual assignation" msgstr "手动分配" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "Multi-assignation" msgstr "多重分配" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" msgstr "从Excel文件中复制/粘贴" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" "Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " "need to open the detailed operations of your picking." msgstr "无论你喜欢用哪种方式分配序列号，首先需要打开拣货程序的详细操作页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" msgstr "手动分配不同的序列号" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " "you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " "click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." msgstr "在打开详细操作页面时，你可点击*添加行*。然后，你可填写序列号字段。完成后，你可再次点击*添加行*，登记新的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 msgid "" "By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " "create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " "number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " "number to." msgstr "利用分配多个序列号的功能，Odoo可自动创建必要的行。为此，你必须输入一组中的首个序列号，及需要分配序列号的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." msgstr "完成后，点击*分配序列号*，Odoo将完成其余操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " "received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " "column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" " need." msgstr "" "如要使用复制/粘贴功能，打开接收的包含序列号的电子数据表，复制列表。然后，你可将它们直接粘贴到向导的*批号/序列号名称*一列。之后，Odoo将自动创建你需要的行。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "Operation types" msgstr "作业类型" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 msgid "" "You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " "operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." msgstr "你还可以定义每种作业类型管理批次的方式。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型`。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 msgid "" "For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " "or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " "allowed at product reception." msgstr "对于每个类型，你可决定允许创建新批号或使用现有批号。默认情况下，只允许新接收的产品创建新批号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 msgid "" "If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " "useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." msgstr "如果按批号完成仓库间调拨和追踪产品，则允许收货时使用现有批号非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 msgid "Serial Number traceability" msgstr "序列号追踪" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 msgid "" "Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " "received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " "to." msgstr "使用序列号可追踪接收产品和产品入库的地点、售出对象和发货目的地。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 msgid "" "Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " ":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" " number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " "information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " "been used." msgstr "" "追踪产品非常简单：打开*库存*应用程序，前往 :menuselection:`主数据 --> " "批号/序列号`，并点击你的搜索对应的序列号。然后，打开*可追溯性*信息。你可在此查看哪些文件使用了序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" " *Location* button available on the serial number form." msgstr "并且，如你想要定位这个序列号，可点击序列号表单上的*库位*统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "杂项操作" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Process Batch Transfers" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" "Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " "the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " "can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," " either via the barcode application or in the form view." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " "and hit the create button." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 msgid "" "Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " "want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" " line*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 msgid "" "In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " "are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " "be included in the batch transfer were selected." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 msgid "" "To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " "If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " "locations they have been reserved from." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 msgid "" "For more info about *Multi-Locations*, please refer to this doc: " ":doc:`../warehouses/location_creation`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" "From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " "the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:64 msgid "" "Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " "transfer or create a new one." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:72 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 msgid "" "While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" " *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " "*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " "too." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:83 msgid "" "In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " "each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:96 msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:98 msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:104 msgid "" "Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " "transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:111 msgid "" "In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " "document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:119 msgid "" "To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " "button." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 msgid "" "Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " "page) to mark the batch transfer as done." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated Emails at Delivery" msgstr "发货时自动发送邮件" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" "First, go to the *Inventory* app, then to *Settings* and activate the *Email" " Confirmation* feature. If you work in multi-company, this configuration is " "company-specific." msgstr "首先，进入*库存*应用程序，然后进入*设置*并启用*邮件确认*功能。如你操作多家公司，这项配置需针对具体的公司。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:15 msgid "" "When you enable this feature, Odoo automatically creates an email template. " "Of course, you can modify it if necessary by clicking on the small arrow " "next to its name." msgstr "当你启用这项功能时，Odoo自动创建邮件模板。当然，如有必要，你可点击模板名称旁边的小箭头，修改其名称。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:23 msgid "Send email at delivery validation" msgstr "发货确认时发送邮件" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:25 msgid "" "On the inventory dashboard, click on *Create* and fill the form for a " "specific partner. Once you have added some products in it, *Validate* it and" " do the same for the delivery." msgstr "在库存仪表板上，点击*创建*并针对特定合作伙伴填写表单。在其中加入一些产品后，*确认*并对发货进行同样操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:32 msgid "" "Doing so, an automated email will be sent and will appear in the chatter." msgstr "这样，自动邮件将被发出并出现在聊天中。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/email_delivery.rst:38 msgid "" "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " "be included in the standard email template." msgstr "如你设置发货方式，然后附上追踪链接，则也将被列入标准邮件模板。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" msgstr "管理不属于你的库存" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" " to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." msgstr "有时，供应商会向门店提供产品，且你无需事先采购它们。这种情况被称为**代销库存**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 msgid "" "Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" " products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " "to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " "check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." msgstr "代销库存是工厂和供应商发布新产品的好办法。因为零售商可能不愿意购买不确定能否卖掉的产品，代销库存能让他们先不付款并在市场上试销。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 msgid "" "Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " "advanced settings." msgstr "当然，Odoo能通过高级设置管理代销库存。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 msgid "" "To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " "the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." msgstr "" "如要使用此功能，在库存应用程序中打开 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " "设置`。然后，在*可追溯性*部分启用*代销*功能。现在，点击保存。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" msgstr "代销库存的收货" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" "When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " "On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " "appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开收货页面并创建新的收货记录。你可看到页面右侧出现名为*分配所有者*的新行。你可在此指定拥有库存的合作伙伴。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." msgstr "如你是所有者，你可将此字段留空。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" "Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " "belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." msgstr "在确认收货后，产品进入你的仓库但仍属于所有者。它们不会影响你的库存估值。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 msgid "Scrap Products" msgstr "报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:5 msgid "" "In your warehouse, you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " "unusable due to expiry or for some other reasons. You often notice this " "during picking or physical inventory. Since those products cannot be sold or" " stored, you have to scrap them." msgstr "" "在仓库中，有时会出现受损或因为过期或其他原因无法使用的产品。你经常在拣货或库存盘点时发现这个问题。由于这些产品无法销售或储存，需要将其报废。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:10 msgid "" "When goods are scrapped, they are not reflected in the system as a part of " "the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to the scrap " "area and not taken into account into inventory valuation." msgstr "商品报废后，在系统中不再是库存的一部分。报废的物料将被移动到报废区，不再进入库存计价。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:15 msgid "" "Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" " basic material content, recoverable through recycling." msgstr "报废品是指没有经济价值或只有其基本物质含量价值的废物，可通过回收进行利用。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:21 msgid "" "When you install the *Inventory* app, Odoo automatically creates a scrap " "location. It’s named *Virtual Location/Scap*." msgstr "当安装*库存*应用程序时，Odoo会自动创建一个报废品库位。命名为**虚拟库位／报废品**。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:24 msgid "" "Of course, you can create new scrap areas if needed. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the " "*Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "当然，你可根据需要创建新的报废品区。为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:31 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and create your " "scrap location." msgstr "现在，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 地点`并创建你的报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:34 msgid "" "You have to check *Is a Scrap Location?* on the location form. In fact, " "scrap locations cannot be used as normal storage locations and then, a " "virtual location will be created for scrapped products." msgstr "你必须勾选地点表单上的*是否为报废品库位？*。实际上，报废品库位无法被用作正常储存位置，而是为报废品创建的虚拟库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:39 msgid "Different ways to scrap products" msgstr "报废产品的不同方式" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:41 msgid "" "With Odoo, you have several ways to scrap products: from receipts, from a " "delivery order, and from an internal transfer." msgstr "Odoo有多种报废产品的方式：从收货页面、交货单页面或内部调拨页面。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:45 msgid "Scrap from receipt" msgstr "从收货页面报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 msgid "" "Scrapping products from receipts is easy. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Dashboard --> Receipts` or click on *1 TO PROCESS* under the receipts " "location." msgstr "从收货页面报废产品非常简单。前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 收货`或点击收货库位下的*1步处理*。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:53 msgid "" "Now, open the receipt and validate the picking. Once the products entered " "your stock, the Scrap button appears on the top left corner of your screen." msgstr "现在，打开收货并确认拣货。当产品进入仓库后，页面左上角将出现报废品按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:57 msgid "" "You can scrap products that were part of the receipt from there. If you do " "so, it will move them from available stock to the virtual scrap location." msgstr "你可在此将收货中的产品进行报废处理。如进行此项操作，它将从可用库存移至虚拟报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:68 msgid "Scrap from delivery order" msgstr "从交货单报废产品" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:70 msgid "" "To scrap products from a delivery order, go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery orders` or click on *1 TO PROCESS*." msgstr "如要从交货单报废产品，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 交货单`或点击*1步处理*。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:76 msgid "" "Once done, open the delivery order. You can see the scrap button in the " "upper left of the document. If you scrap the product from there, it will be " "moved from your available stock to the virtual scrap location." msgstr "完成后，打开交货单。你将在文件左上角看到报废品按钮。如你在此报废产品，它将从可用库存移至虚拟报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:80 msgid "" "You can find all the scrap orders made from the picking by clicking on the " "button on the top right corner of the document." msgstr "点击文件右上角的按钮，即可查看从拣货环节报废的所有产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:93 msgid "Scrap from an internal transfer" msgstr "从内部调拨报废" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:95 msgid "" "To do this, the flow is almost the same. In fact, you just have to go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Dashboard --> Internal Transfers`." msgstr "这个流程几乎与前面完全相同。实际上，你只需要前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 仪表板 --> 内部调拨`。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:101 msgid "" "There, open the internal transfer that interests you. Now, click on the " "scrap button that is on the top left of the document." msgstr "在此打开感兴趣的内部调拨单。然后，点击文件左上角的报废按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 msgid "" "When scrapping before validating the internal transfer, the product is, by " "default, moved from the source location to the virtual scrap location. But, " "if you scrap after validating the internal transfer, it will be moved from " "the destination location, as opposed to the source location, to the virtual " "scrap location." msgstr "" "如在确认内部调拨之前报废产品，则该产品默认从源库位移至虚拟报废品库位。但是，如在确认内部调拨后报废产品，它将从目的地库位而不是源库位移至虚拟报废品库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:110 msgid "" "Of course, you can manually update the source location of the scrap order if" " necessary." msgstr "当然，如有必要，你可手动更新报废单的源库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:3 msgid "Send Automated SMS at Delivery" msgstr "发货时自动发送短信" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:8 msgid "" "To send automated SMS, you need to activate the *SMS Confirmation* feature. " "To do so, go to the *Inventory* app *Settings* and enable the feature. In " "multi-company, this feature is company-specific." msgstr "" "如要发送自动短信，你需要启用*短信确认*功能。为此，前往*库存*应用程序的*设置*菜单，并启用该功能。如有多家公司，则此项功能针对特定公司。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:15 msgid "" "Of course, an SMS template already exists by default in Odoo. You can modify" " it by clicking on the arrow on the right." msgstr "当然，Odoo中已默认存在短信模板。你可点击右侧的箭头，修改该模板。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:22 msgid "Send SMS at delivery validation" msgstr "在发货确认时发送短信" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:24 msgid "" "To use this feature, try to *Create* a delivery order for a specific partner" " and add some products to it. Then, *Validate* the delivery." msgstr "如要使用此功能，你应针对特定合作伙伴*创建*交货单并添加一些产品。然后，*确认*发货。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:30 msgid "Now, the automated SMS that has been sent appears in the chatter." msgstr "现在，已发送的自动短信将出现在聊天中。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:36 msgid "" "The partner which is set on the transfer needs to have a phone number " "specified in its contact form for the SMS to be sent." msgstr "调拨上设置的合作伙伴应在联系表单中指明电话号码，才能向其发送短信。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/sms_delivery.rst:39 msgid "" "If you work with a shipping method, and then have a tracking link, it will " "be included in the SMS template." msgstr "如你设置发货方式，然后附上追踪链接，则也将被列入短信模板。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning.rst:3 msgid "Planning" msgstr "排期" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" msgstr "如何计算的预定交付日期" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 msgid "" "Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " "implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " "and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" " scheduled dates." msgstr "为客户提供最佳服务对于企业至关重要。 这意味着要计划每一个动作：制造订单，交货，接收等等。 为此，您需要正确配置提前期并协调计划日期。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 msgid "" "By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " "each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " "will get the products he ordered." msgstr "通过使用交货期，Odoo为每个过程提供结束日期，即 *承诺日期* 。 例如，在销售订单上，这是您的客户获得订购的产品的日期。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 msgid "" "From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " "them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " "all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " "account." msgstr "从客户的角度来看，承诺日期很重要，因为它可以估计他们何时才能收到他们的产品。 这些日期考虑了所有其他交货时间，例如制造，交货或供应商。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" msgstr "How are Lead Times Calculated?" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 msgid "" "As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " "based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" " a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" msgstr "如上所述，交货期有几种类型。 每个都是根据各种指标计算得出的。 在进行配置之前，这里简要概述了交货期的计算方法及其含义：" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 msgid "" "**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " "set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " "lead time." msgstr "**客户交货期** ：客户交货期是您设置的默认持续时间。 因此，销售订单的预计日期是今天+ 客户交货期。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 msgid "" "**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " "days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" " scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " "Time**." msgstr "" "**销售安全交货期** :目的是在与客户达成实际承诺的数天前准备发货。然后，交货订单上的默认预定日期是， **因此交货日期-安全交货时间**。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" "**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " "vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " "with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " "**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " "the default *Receipt* scheduled date." msgstr "" "**采购安全提前期** ：减少供应商延误风险的额外时间。 收据将安排在许多天前，以应对意外的供应商延误。 如果是 *补货到订单* ，则采购的 " "**交货订单预定日期-安全提前期** 将是默认的 *收货* 预定日期。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 msgid "" "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " "being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " "scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" "**采购交货提前期** ：这是确认采购订单到收到订购产品之间的预计时间。 **收货计划日期-供应商交货日期** 是默认的 *采购订单订购* 日期。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 msgid "" "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " "validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " "adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " "date is set on the line." msgstr "" "**购买天数**：采购部门用来验证采购订单的天数。 如果已经打开了对同一供应商的另一个询价，Odoo会将行添加到询价中，而不是创建新的询价。 " "然后，在该行上设置特定日期。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " "manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " "produce and does not take the routing time into account." msgstr "**制造提前期** ：这是制造产品所需的预期时间。 该提前期与生产数量无关，并且不考虑工艺路线时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " "of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " "Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" " Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." msgstr "" "**生产安全提前期** ：减少制造延迟风险的额外时间。 如果是 *补充订单* ，则 **交货订单计划日期-生产提前时间-生产安全提前时间** 是默认的 " "*生产订单* 计划日期。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 msgid "Sales - Lead Times" msgstr "销售-交货期" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 msgid "" "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " "seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" " automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " "configured." msgstr "" "在 *销售* 应用程序中，有一个名为 *交货期* 的选项。 它允许查看销售订单上的其他字段 *预期日期* 。 这是根据先前配置的不同提前期自动计算的。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 msgid "" "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " "warning message is displayed." msgstr "如果设置的 *交货日期* 早于 *预期日期* ，则会显示警告信息。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 msgid "" "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " "all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "但是，为了所有这些能够正常工作，仍然有必要配置所有可能出现的所有提前期。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "Customer Lead Time" msgstr "客户前置时间" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 msgid "" "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" " warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " "going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " "product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" "*客户提前期*是您的产品从仓库运到客户所需要的时间。 可以在以下任何产品上配置它，方法是 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品 --> " "产品`。 打开您的产品表格，进入 *库存* 选项卡，然后添加 *客户提前期* 。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 msgid "" "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" " Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " "April." msgstr "例如，产品B在4月2日订购，但 *客户交货时间* 为两天。 在这种情况下，预计交付日期为4月4日。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 msgid "Security Lead Time" msgstr "安全提前时间" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 msgid "" "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " "able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " "earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "在销售中，*安全提前期* 对应于备份天数，以确保您能够及时交付产品。 目的是早点准备好发货，以便准时到达。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 msgid "" "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " "scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "从计算中减去交货期天数，以计算给客户承诺的日期早的预定日期。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 msgid "" "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "要进行设置，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 然后启用 *销售的安全提前期* 功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 msgid "" "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " "the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " "the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "例如，产品B计划于4月6日交付，但 *安全交货期* 为一天。 在这种情况下，交货订单的预定日期为4月5日。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "交付多种产品" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 msgid "" "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " "have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " "separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "在许多情况下，客户会同时订购多个产品。 交货时间可能不同，但仍需要一次或单独交付。 幸好Odoo可以帮助您轻松处理这些案件。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 msgid "" "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" " all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " "deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" "在 *销售订单* 的 *其他信息* 选项卡中，您可以选择 *当所有产品准备就绪时* 和 *尽快* 。 第一个是立即交付产品，而第二个是分别交付产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 msgid "" "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " "days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " "based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " "confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " "April." msgstr "" "例如，同时订购产品A和B。 A的交货期为8天，B的交货期为5天。使用第一个选项时，*预计交货日期* " "是根据交货期最多的产品计算得出的，此处为A。如果在4月2日确认订单，则 *预计交货日期* 是4月10日。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 msgid "" "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " "product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" " with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" "使用第二个选项时，*预期日期* 是根据客户交货期最少的产品计算得出的。 在此示例中，B是交货期最少的产品。 因此，*预计日期* 是4月7日。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "采购 - 交货时间" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 msgid "Supplier Lead Time" msgstr "供应商提前期" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 msgid "" "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " "be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " "--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" "*供应商提前期* 是您购买的产品交付所需的时间。 要配置它，请从 :menuselection:`采购 -->产品 --> 产品` 中打开一个产品，并在" " *采购* 标签下添加一个供应商。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 msgid "" "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " "*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " "of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " "Time*." msgstr "" "通过单击 *添加一行* ，将显示一个新窗口。 您可以在此处指定 *交货提前期* 。 如果这样做，每次采购该产品的交货日期现在等于 " "*采购订单日期+交货提前期* 。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 msgid "" "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " "depending on the vendor." msgstr "可以添加不同的供应商，因此可以根据供应商添加不同的交货时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " "*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " "for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "采购的 *安全提前期* 与 *销售* 的逻辑相同，只是您的身份为客户。 然后，这是你的供应商交货的误差范围。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 msgid "" "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "要设置 *安全提前期* 以进行采购，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 设定` 并启用该功能" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 msgid "" "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "这样做，每次系统生成采购订单时，都将这些订单安排在许多天之前，以应对供应商的意外延误。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "制造 - 交货时间" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" msgstr "制造前置时间 " #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 msgid "" "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." " To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " "number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "*制造提前期* 是制造产品所需的时间。 要指定它，请打开产品表单的 *库存* 标签，然后添加制造所需的天数。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 msgid "" "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " "*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" " deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " "July is June 27th." msgstr "" "当与 *制造提前期* 一起使用时， * 制造订单(MO)* 的 *截止日期开始* 为 *承诺日期-制造提前期* 。 " "例如，制造订单的承诺日期为7月10日的订单的截止日期开始日期为6月27日。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " "orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "用于制造的 *安全提前期* 可以更早地生成制造订单，以应对制造延迟的风险。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 msgid "" "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "要启用它，请转到 :menuselection:`制造 --> 配置 --> 设置，然后勾选 *安全提前期* 。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 msgid "" "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " "of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " "Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " "the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" "例如，客户订购了B，交货日期安排在6月20日。 *制造交货期* 为14天， *安全交货期* 为3天，因此B的制造订单需要最迟于6月3日开始。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "Global Example" msgstr "全局示例" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 msgid "Here is a configuration:" msgstr "请参考以下的设置范例:" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" msgstr "销售交货提前期为1天" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" msgstr "生产安全提前期为2天" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" msgstr "生产提前期为3天" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" msgstr "采购的交货提前期为1天" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" msgstr "供应商提前期交货为4天" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 msgid "" "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " "date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " "here is when all the various steps are triggered." msgstr "假设某个客户在9月1日订购了B，并且计划在20天内（9月20日）交货。 在这种情况下，这是所有各个步骤均被触发的时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" msgstr "** 9月1日** ：创建销售订单" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 msgid "" "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " "because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" msgstr "** 9月10日** ：由于制造过程而从供应商订购组件的截止日期（4天的供应商提前期）" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" " security lead time for Purchase)" msgstr "** 9月13日** ：从供应商处收到产品（采购的安全交货期为1天）" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 msgid "" "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " "days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " "Manufacturing)" msgstr "** 9月14日** ：制造的截止日期（19日 - 制造提前期3天 - 生产提前期2天）" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 msgid "" "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " "security lead time for sales)" msgstr "** 9月19日**：交货订单表格上的预计日期（交货提前期为1天）" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:3 msgid "Configure and Run Schedulers" msgstr "配置并运行调度器" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:6 msgid "What is a scheduler?" msgstr "什么是调度器？" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:8 msgid "" "The scheduler is the calculation engine that plans and prioritizes " "production and purchasing. It does it automatically, according to the rules " "defined on products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day." msgstr "调度器是指计划生产和采购并排定其优先顺序的计算引擎。它根据为产品定义的规则自动运行。默认情况下，调度器设定为每天运行一次。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:14 msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" msgstr "计算需求／排程" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:16 msgid "" "Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " "started. These procurement reservations will start production, tasks or " "purchases themselves, depending on the configuration of the requested " "product." msgstr "调度器只会验证已确认但尚未开始的采购。根据所请求产品的配置，这些采购预订会开启生产、任务或采购。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:21 msgid "" "As a human would do, the scheduler takes the priority of operations into " "account when starting reservations and procurements. Urgent requests will be" " started first." msgstr "正如人类所做的那样，调度器在启动预订和采购时考虑到了操作的优先级。紧急请求将首先开始。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:26 msgid "" "In case there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, " "you can be sure that the most urgent ones will be produced first." msgstr "如果库存中没有足够的产品来满足所有的要求，你可以确保首先生产最紧急的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:31 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" msgstr "配置并运行排程器" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:34 msgid "Run the scheduler manually" msgstr "手工运行排程" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:36 msgid "" "To start the scheduler manually, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler uses all the relevant " "parameters defined for products, suppliers and the company to prioritize the" " different production orders, deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" "如要手动启动调度器，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " "运行调度器`。调度器使用针对产品、供应商和公司定义的所有相关参数来确定不同生产订单、发货和供应商采购的优先顺序。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:45 msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (for advanced users)" msgstr "配置并运行调度器（仅限高级用户）" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:47 msgid "" "To use this feature, you have to enable the :doc:`Developer mode " "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` mode." msgstr "" "如要使用此功能，你必须启用:doc:`开发人员模式 <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`。" #: ../../inventory/management/planning/schedulers.rst:50 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " "Scheduled Actions` and modify the *Run MRP Scheduler Configuration*. There, " "you can set the starting time of the scheduler." msgstr "" "然后，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动化 --> " "已排定操作`并修改*运行MRP调度器配置*。然后，你可设置调度器的启动时间。" #: ../../inventory/management/products.rst:3 msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" msgstr "如何选择正确的补货策略" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " "delivery strategies." msgstr "最小库存规则和按单补货的结果相似，但规则不同，应根据你的制造和发货策略来选用。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "术语" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 msgid "Minimum stock rule" msgstr "最小库存规则" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " "amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " "answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" " quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" "最小库存规则用于确保你已经有了制造和/或响应消费者需求的最小库存量。当某产品的库存水平到达最小量时，系统自动生成一个采购订单，该订单的数量能满足最小库存量。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:67 msgid "Make to Order" msgstr "按单补货" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 msgid "" "The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " "current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." msgstr "按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统**不会**检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 msgid "Minimum stock rules" msgstr "最小库存规则" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" "The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" " down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制”下拉菜单中选择\"再次订购规则\" ，然后点击\"创建\"设置某给定产品的最小与最大库存值。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" "Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " "multiple\" fields" msgstr "显示“最小数量”、“最大数量”和“数量倍数”字段的工具提示" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." msgstr "然后点击产品，在\"库存子菜单\"访问相关产品的表单。不要忘记选择一个供应商。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." msgstr "别忘记选择正确的产品类别。消耗品无法贮存，不可计入库存盘点数。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " "other module where products are available)." msgstr "可在产品表单中配置按单补货 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 产品（或在产品可用的任一其他模块中配置）。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." msgstr "在产品表单的库存项下，点击\"按单补货\"。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" msgstr "选择两个选项其中一个" #: ../../inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" "The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " "strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " "amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " "stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." msgstr "" "两种选项的选择依赖于你的库存策略。如果你想有一点库存缓冲并总是在仓库中留有最少的存货数量, " "那么就可以使用最小库存规则。如果想只是在销售订单确认的状态下才去补充存货, 那么就建议使用按照订单补货。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" msgstr "使用不同计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." " For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" " application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " "will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " "in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " "customers." msgstr "" "在某些情况下，按不同计量单位处理产品非常必要。例如，如果你采购产品的国家适用公制，而出售产品的国家适用英制，则需要转换计量单位。另一个常见的用例是以较大的包装向供应商采购产品，然后按小单位出售给客户。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 msgid "" "You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." msgstr "在Odoo中你可以设置一个产品可以有不同的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " "*Save*." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在*产品*部分，启用*计量单位*，然后点击*保存*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 msgid "Create New Units of Measure" msgstr "创建新的计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." " There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" " will use for the Egg product." msgstr "" "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 计量单位` 。然后，点击*创建*。例如，我们为鸡蛋产品创建一盒6个的单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 msgid "" "The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " "products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " "category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " "for the category which is “Units” here." msgstr "" "类别对于单位转换非常重要，只有当这些单位属于同一类别时，你才能将产品从一种单位转换为另一种单位。在本类别中，6个一盒相当于参考计量“单位”的6倍。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" msgstr "在产品上指定计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 msgid "" "In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " "open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " "measure, and click on *Edit*." msgstr "" "在 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 主数据 --> 产品`中，打开你想要更改采购/销售计量单位的产品，然后点击*编辑*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 msgid "" "In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " "which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " "transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." msgstr "在*一般信息*选项卡中，你可选择销售产品时的*计量单位*，这也是内部调拨使用的单位。你也可选择*采购计量单位*，即采购产品的单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" msgstr "从一种计量单位转换为另外一种" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 msgid "Buy in the Pruchase UoM" msgstr "按采购计量单位购买" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 msgid "" "In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" " you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" " it." msgstr "在*采购*应用程序中，按产品的不同*计量单位*创建新询价单并*确认*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 msgid "" "On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " "6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " "modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" " the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " "converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." msgstr "" "在自动生成的采购订单中，使用的计量单位是一盒6个，即是采购计量单位。当然，你可根据需要手动更改计量单位。当进入与采购订单关联的*收货*时，你会发现10盒6个单位的产品被转换为60个单位。实际上，库存按单位进行管理。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "补货" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 msgid "" "When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " "you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." msgstr "当在产品表单上通过*补货*按钮补货时，你可使用不同的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" msgstr "按更大的计量单位销售" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " "sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " "computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." msgstr "你可在销售订单文件上选择计量单位，并决定按“打”销售鸡蛋。这样，系统将按计量单位自动计算价格，以适用所选的*计量单位*。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 msgid "" "In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " "*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." msgstr "在交货单中，销售订单中所用的*计量单位*转换为库存管理所用的*计量单位*，在本例中为一个单位产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" msgstr "何时使用包裹、计量单位或特殊包装？" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 msgid "Units of Measure" msgstr "计量单位" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 msgid "" "Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " "have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" " stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " "supplier." msgstr "计量单位规定了处理产品时所用的单位。在Odoo中，你可指定管理库存和从供应商处采购产品所用的计量单位。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 msgid "" "The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " "automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " "*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" msgstr "不同计量单位之间的转换是自动完成的。唯一的条件是能够转换的计量单位必须是*同一种类*（个、重量、容积、长度等）" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 msgid "" "For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " "the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " "order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." msgstr "例如，如果鸡蛋的重订货规则如下，在运行调度器时，添加到自动生成的采购订单中的数量应为“打”，但进入库存的数量应为“个”。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 msgid "Packages" msgstr "邮包" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 msgid "" "The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " "products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " "decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " "you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." msgstr "" "包裹是指拣货时放入一种或几种产品的实体容器。例如，在发货时，你可决定将整批货物分为两个不同的包裹。这样，你就需要报告标示每个包裹的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 msgid "" "To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" " quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " "this for each package." msgstr "如要在发货时将产品分为不同包裹，你需要将整批货物数量分为想要的包裹数量，然后点击“打包”，每个包裹都需如此操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包装" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 msgid "" "The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " "are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " "and the power plug." msgstr "包装是指保护产品的实体容器。如果你出售电脑，包装包含电脑、说明书及电源插头等。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 msgid "" "In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " "can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." msgstr "在Odoo中，包装用于销售订单的指示性用途。它们可从“库存”选项卡的“产品表单”上指定。" #: ../../inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" "Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " "the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" " packing on the picking." msgstr "包装的另一个用途是产品收货。通过扫描包装条目，Odoo将包装中包含的产品件数加入拣货系统。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 msgid "Inventory Adjustment" msgstr "库存调整" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 msgid "Choose Between Reordering Rules and Make to Order" msgstr "在重订货规则和按订单补货之间选择" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* and *make to order* do both allow to automatically " "replenish products when necessary. The difference between those tools is how" " they are triggered." msgstr "*重订货规则*和*按订单补货*二者都可在必要情况下自动补充产品。这两种工具的区别在于其触发方式。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:9 msgid "" "*Reordering rules* are used to ensure that you always have a minimum amount " "of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or answer to" " your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum " "the system will automatically generate a procurement with the needed " "quantity to reach the maximum stock level." msgstr "" "*重订货规则*用于确保你始终保有最低产品数量库存，以制造产品和/或满足客户需求。当产品库存水平达到最小值，系统自动生成采购订单，以将数量补至最大库存水平。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 msgid "" "The *Make to Order* route will trigger a procurement (purchase order or " "manufacturing order) with the necessary quantity to fulfill a product " "request (coming from a sale order or a manufacturing order). The system will" " not check the quantity on hand for the corresponding product." msgstr "*按订单补货*路线根据满足产品请求（来自于销售订单或制造订单）所需的数量触发采购（采购订单或制造订单）。系统不会检查对应产品现有数量。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 msgid "Reordering Rules" msgstr "订货规则" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:26 msgid "" "The *Reordering Rules* configuration is available through the menu " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Reordering Rules`. There, " "click on *Create* to set minimum and maximum stock values for a given " "product." msgstr "" "*重订货规则*配置始终可通过菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> " "重订货规则`查看。在此点击*创建*，设置特定产品的最小和最大库存值。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 msgid "" "When the forecasted stock goes below the *Minimum Quantity* specified in " "this field, Odoo generates a procurement to bring the forecasted quantity to" " the *Maximum Quantity*. The *Quantity Multiple* is used to round the " "procurement quantity up to this multiple. If it is 0, the exact quantity " "will be used." msgstr "" "当预测库存低于本字段规定的*最小数量*时，Odoo生成采购订单，将预测数量升至*最大数量*。*数量倍数*用于将采购数量增至该倍数。如为0，则需使用具体数量值。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:42 msgid "" "The *Lead time* is the number of days after the order point is triggered to " "receive the products or to order them to the vendor." msgstr "*前置时间*是指在触发订购后收到产品或向供应商订购产品的天数。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you work with multi-warehouses and/or multi-locations, you will be " "able to specify different reordering rules for the same product in each " "location." msgstr "如你管理多个仓库和/或多个库位，你可为每个库位的同一产品指定不同的重订货规则。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:50 msgid "" "For the reordering rules to be triggered, on the corresponding product, a " "route should be specified. In case you manufacture your products, make sure " "to select the route *Manufacture* and create a *Bill of Material* for the " "product. In case you purchase your products, make sure to select the route " "*Buy* and add a *Vendor Pricelist*." msgstr "" "如要为对应产品触发重订货规则，需指定路线。如你制造产品，确保选择路线*制造*并为产品创建*物料清单*。如你采购产品，则应确保选择路线*采购*并添加*供应商价格表*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the product type *storable* in the product form. A " "consumable can not be stocked and won’t trigger reordering rules." msgstr "请勿忘记在产品表单中选择产品类型*可库存*。消耗品无法库存，且不会触发重订货规则。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:69 msgid "" "The *Make To Order* configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Master Data --> Products` (or in " "any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" "*按订单补货*配置在 :menuselection:`库存模块 --> 主数据 --> 产品`（或包含产品页面的所有其他模块）的产品表单中进行设置。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:73 msgid "" "On the product form, in the *Inventory tab*, you can set a route. You can " "choose *Make To Order* and another route, either *Buy* or *Manufacture*." msgstr "你可在*库存选项卡*的产品表单中设置路线。你可选择*按订单补货*和其他路线，*采购*或*制造*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:77 msgid "" "Again, if the *Buy* route is selected, make sure to set a *Vendor pricelist*" " in the *Purchase tab*. In case you have set a *Manufacture* route, make " "sure you have a *BoM* for this product." msgstr "同样地，如果选择*采购*路线，确保在*采购选项卡*中设置*供应商价格表*。如你设置了*制造*路线，确保为该产品设置*物料清单*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" msgstr "从其他仓库补给" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" " \\*multi-warehouses\\* and \\*multi-step routes\\*. Storage locations will " "be automatically activated when activating multi-warehouses." msgstr "如要从其他仓库补给，你需启用\\*多仓库\\*和\\*多步路线\\*。启用多仓库后，系统将自动启用储存地点功能。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" "You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Warehouses`. Create the necessary warehouses following " "this :doc:`documentation <../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`. Enter the " "warehouse which should be resupplied by another one. You will have the " "possibility to directly indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." msgstr "" "你可通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`访问你的仓库。按照这个 :doc:`文档 " "<../warehouses/warehouse_creation>`创建必要的仓库。输入需要由其他仓库补给的仓库。你可直接指定它通过哪个仓库补给。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " "products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," " along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." msgstr "如启用本选项，你的产品将有一条可用的新路线\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*。你现在可选择此路线并勾选\\*重订货规则\\*或\\*按订单补货\\*。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:34 msgid "" "For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " "stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " "I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Operations --> Run scheduler`." msgstr "" "在演示中，我将重订货规则设置为最小库存5个，最大库存10个，目前库存为0个。我将进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> " "运行调度器`，即可运行调度器。" #: ../../inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:42 msgid "" "The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" " my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" " my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " "the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " "Second warehouse\\*." msgstr "" "系统将自动创建两项拣货操作，一项是从储存必要产品的第二仓库创建\\*交货单\\*，另一项是相同产品进入主仓库WH/Stock的收货命令。源文件是触发\\*从第二仓库供应产品\\*路线的\\*重订货规则\\*。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "计价方法" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" msgstr "将额外成本整合到产品中（到岸成本） " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" "The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "Odoo中的到岸成本功能可将额外费用（运费、保险、海关、关税等）纳入产品成本中。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 msgid "" "Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " "method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " "application to be installed)." msgstr "到岸成本只能应用于采用FIFO或AVCO成本计算方法和自动库存计价（要求安装会计应用程序）的产品。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 msgid "" "First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " "default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " "recorded." msgstr "" "首先，你应前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置`并启用到岸成本功能。你也可决定记录到岸成本会计分录的默认日记账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "向产品添加成本" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "接收供应商账单" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 msgid "" "Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " "the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." msgstr "假设我收到了一批货物的关税账单。我会在供应商账单行的*到岸成本*上打勾。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." msgstr "到岸成本产品必须为服务类型。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "如果该产品始终为到岸成本，你可在产品上进行定义，避免在每张供应商账单上都要打勾。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 msgid "" "At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " "click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " "decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." msgstr "在我的供应商账单顶部，可看到*创建到岸成本*按钮。点击该按钮，系统将自动创建到岸成本。现在，我可以决定哪些拣货适用于这些额外成本。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 msgid "" "I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " "see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" " cost." msgstr "现在，我可以点击*计算*并前往*计价调整*，查看对我的产品成本的影响。最后一步是确认到岸成本。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 msgid "" "I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " "clicking on the journal entry." msgstr "点击日记账分录，即可访问到岸成本创建的日记账分录。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 msgid "" "You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " "create the landed cost from there." msgstr "你并非必须从供应商账单开始，也可前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 操作 --> 到岸成本`并在此直接创建到岸成本。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:5 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "库存计价配置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 msgid "" "Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " "important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " "a company." msgstr "库存计价是指确定库存价值的方式。这对企业而言是一个非常重要的方面，因为库存可能是公司最大的资产。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" msgstr "库存计价包含两方面主要选择：" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" msgstr "确定货物价值所用的成本法（标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格）" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:14 msgid "" "The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " "automatically)" msgstr "将货物价值记入会计账簿的方式（手动或自动）" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." msgstr "下面将具体介绍这两个概念。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:19 msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" msgstr "计价方式：标准价格、先进先出价格、加权平均价格" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 msgid "" "The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " "options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." msgstr "成本方法在产品类别中定义，有三种可选方法。下面将详细介绍每种方法。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:69 msgid "Standard Price" msgstr "标准价格" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:79 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:125 msgid "Operation" msgstr "操作" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:80 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:126 msgid "Unit Cost" msgstr "单位成本" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 msgid "Qty On Hand" msgstr "在手数量" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "Delta Value" msgstr "差异值" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 msgid "Inventory Value" msgstr "库存价值" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 msgid "€10" msgstr "€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:86 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "0" msgstr "0" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 msgid "€0" msgstr "€0" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:44 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:135 msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" msgstr "以€10的价格入库8个产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 msgid "8" msgstr "8" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 msgid "+8*€10" msgstr "+8 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 msgid "€80" msgstr "€80" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" msgstr "以€16的价格入库4个产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 msgid "12" msgstr "12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 msgid "+4*€10" msgstr "+4 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 msgid "€120" msgstr "€120" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" msgstr "发货10片产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 msgid "2" msgstr "2" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€10" msgstr "-10 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 msgid "€20" msgstr "€20" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:60 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" msgstr "以€9的价格入库2个产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 msgid "4" msgstr "4" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 msgid "+2*€10" msgstr "+2 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 msgid "€40" msgstr "€40" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 msgid "" "In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " "defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " "based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" " be reviewed periodically." msgstr "" "在**标准价格**中，产品计价是你在产品表单中手动定义的成本。通常而言，这项成本根据获得产品所需的材料和人工进行估算。这项成本必须定期审核。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "Average Price" msgstr "平均价格" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 msgid "€12" msgstr "€12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 msgid "+4*€16" msgstr "+4 *€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 msgid "€144" msgstr "€144" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-10*€12" msgstr "-10 *€12" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:104 msgid "€24" msgstr "€24" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:151 msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" msgstr "以€6的价格收到2 个产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 msgid "€9" msgstr "€9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 msgid "+2*€6" msgstr "+2 *€6" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 msgid "€36" msgstr "€36" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 msgid "" "In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " "is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " "cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." msgstr "在**AVCO（平均成本法）**中，每件产品的价值相等，是产品的平均采购成本。在这种成本计价方法中，产品成本在每次收货后重新计算。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." msgstr "当产品出库的时候平均价格不变。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:166 msgid "FIFO" msgstr "先进先出(FIFO)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 msgid "€16" msgstr "€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-8*€10" msgstr "-8 *€10" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 msgid "-2*€16" msgstr "-2 *€16" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:150 msgid "€32" msgstr "€32" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 msgid "€11" msgstr "€11" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 msgid "€44" msgstr "€44" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 msgid "" "In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " "cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" " that applies." msgstr "在**FIFO（先进先出价格法）**中，按产品的采购成本进行计价。当产品离开库存时，适用“先进先出”规则。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:161 msgid "" "Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " "first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " "number." msgstr "注意，这是财务意义上的先进先出。首个“进入”的价值首先“出去”，而无论其储存位置、仓库或序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:165 msgid "" "FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " "Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." msgstr "如你在Odoo中管理所有工作流程（销售、采购、库存），则建议使用FIFO。它适合各种用户。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:169 msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" msgstr "库存计价：手动或自动" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 msgid "" "There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " "books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " "Those two methods are detailed below." msgstr "将库存价值记入会计账簿的方式有两种。成本法在你的产品类别中定义。这两种记账方法具体如下。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:175 msgid "" "It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" " accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " "accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " "is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " "recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " "the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." msgstr "" "需要注意的是，会计分录取决于你的会计模式：欧洲大陆模式或盎格鲁-撒克逊模式。对于欧洲大陆模式，在产品入库后立即将货物成本计入。对于盎格鲁-" "撒克逊模式，只有当货物向最终客户开具发票后，其成本才会被计为支出。你可通过下表轻松比较这两种会计模式。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:183 msgid "" "Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " "by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " ":doc:`Developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode/activate>` and open " "your accounting settings." msgstr "" "一般来说，根据你所在国家，系统会默认选择正确的会计模式。如你想验证会计模式，请激活:doc:`开发人员模式 " "<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`并打开你的会计设置。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:189 msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" msgstr "手动库存计价" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 msgid "" "In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " "your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " "representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." msgstr "" "在这种情况下，收货和发货不会对你的会计账簿产生任何直接影响。你可定期创建手动日记账分录，代表库存产品的价值。如要查看库存价值，前往 " ":menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> 库存计价`。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:196 msgid "" "This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" " following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " "postings." msgstr "这是Odoo中默认的配置并且可以拿来即用。检查以下作业并查看Odoo如何管理会计过账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:201 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:360 msgid "Continental Accounting" msgstr "大陆会计法" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "Vendor Bill" msgstr "供应商账单" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "\\" msgstr "\\" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Debit" msgstr "借方" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:209 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:226 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:260 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:282 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:300 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:339 msgid "Credit" msgstr "贷方" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "Assets: Inventory" msgstr "资产 :存货" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 msgid "50" msgstr "50" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" msgstr "资产 :递延税项资产" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:212 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:285 msgid "4.68" msgstr "4.68" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" msgstr "负债 :应付账款" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 msgid "54.68" msgstr "54.68" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Configuration:" msgstr "配置 :" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:217 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:290 msgid "" "Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " "related product (Expense Account field)" msgstr "材料采购科目 :在产品或者产品的产品所属的内部分类上设置(费用科目字段)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:218 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" msgstr "递延税资产 :在采购订单行上使用的税上设置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:293 msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" msgstr "应付账款 :定义在账单相关的供应商" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 msgid "Goods Receptions" msgstr "货物接收" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:241 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:316 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "No Journal Entry" msgstr "没有会计分录" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "Customer Invoice" msgstr "客户发票" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" msgstr "收入 :销售货物" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 msgid "100" msgstr "100" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" msgstr "负债 :递延税项负债" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:229 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:303 msgid "9" msgstr "9" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" msgstr "资产 :应收账款" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 msgid "109" msgstr "109" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:234 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:308 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " "product (Income Account field)" msgstr "收入 :在产品或者产品所属种类的页面设置(收入科目字段)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:235 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "递延税项负债 :在发票行上使用的税上设置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:311 msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" msgstr "应收账款 : 定义在客户(应收科目)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 msgid "" "The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " "Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." msgstr "发票上所使用的财政状况可能有替代收入账户或另外一个在产品定义的税收规则。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 msgid "Customer Shipping" msgstr "客户发货" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 msgid "Manufacturing Orders" msgstr "制造订单" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:249 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:324 msgid "" "At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" " relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." msgstr "在月／年末, 依靠公司盘点或者只是依赖于Odoo中的库存来计算库存价值并入账。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:252 msgid "" "Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " "Profit&Loss section to your assets." msgstr "创建一笔会计分录把库存变动值从盈利／损失部分移动到资产。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "X" msgstr "X" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:263 msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" msgstr "费用 :存货变动" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:266 msgid "" "If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " "**Inventory Variations** debited." msgstr "如果库存价值减少, 贷 **库存** 科目, 借 **库存变动** 科目。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:274 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:387 msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" msgstr "盎格鲁撒克逊会计" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:327 msgid "" "Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" " the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" msgstr "然后你需要适应以下公式把采购产品的余额分成库存和货物销售的成本 :" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:330 msgid "" "Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " "inventory value" msgstr "销售货物的成本 (COGS) = 期初库存价值 + 采购产品 – 期末库存价值" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" msgstr "要在账簿中更新存货计价, 记录一笔分录 :" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" msgstr "资产 :库存(期末余额)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:342 msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" msgstr "费用 :货物销售成本" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" msgstr "费用 :采购货物" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" msgstr "资产 :存货(期初值)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:348 msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" msgstr "自动库存计价" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 msgid "" "In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " "entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " "always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" " users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " "configuration & testing." msgstr "" "在这种情况下，产品入库或出库时，将自动创建会计分录。这就意味着你的会计账簿始终保持更新。这种模式仅适用于专家会计和高级用户。与定期计价不同，它需要一些额外配置和测试。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:356 msgid "" "First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " "accounting entries. This is done on the product category." msgstr "首先，你需要定义用于这些会计分录的科目。这可在产品类别中进行操作。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:399 msgid "**Configuration:**" msgstr " **配置 :** " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" msgstr "应收／应付账款: 定义在业务伙伴(会计页卡)" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 msgid "" "Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" msgstr "递延税项资产或者负债 :定义在发票行上使用的税中。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 msgid "" "Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" " also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." msgstr "营收/费用 : 默认的在产品的内部分类中定义, 也能在产品页面(会计页面)作为一个特定的值定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:381 msgid "" "Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "库存变动科目 :在内部产品类别的库存入库／出库科目处进行设置" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:384 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:419 msgid "" "Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" msgstr "存货 :在产品的内部种类中设置为库存价值科目" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:406 msgid "" "Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" " specific product." msgstr "收入：在产品类别中定义为默认，或针对特定产品具体定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:409 msgid "" "Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " "Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " "product form." msgstr "费用：你应在此设置“已售出商品的成本”科目。在产品类别中定义为默认值，或在产品表单中具体定义。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:413 msgid "" "Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "已收货但没有采购的, 设置为产品内部种类上的入库科目" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:416 msgid "" "Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " "internal category" msgstr "已发货但是还没有开票的货物 :在产品内部种类上设置为出库科目。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 msgid "" "Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " "as a specific replacement value" msgstr "价格差异 :在产品或者产品的内部种类上设置形成一个特定替代值。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Using the inventory valuation" msgstr "使用库存计价" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" "In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " "Odoo." msgstr "在本文档中，我们将说明Odoo如何进行库存计价。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" msgstr "库存计价：基本知识" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "接收产品" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 msgid "" "Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" " is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " "product (more info here)." msgstr "产品每次入库或出库，库存价值都会受到影响。其影响方式取决于你的产品的配置（在此查看更多信息）。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" "Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " "costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." msgstr "举例来说，我们的产品是一张餐桌，配置为*FIFO成本计价法*及自动库存计价。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." msgstr "我以每张$10的价格购买10张餐桌。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" "When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " "will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " "valuation stat button." msgstr "当我确认收到产品时，我的库存价值受到影响。如果我想了解具体的影响，则可点击价值统计按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 msgid "" "The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " "more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " "owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " "valuation." msgstr "代销功能可用于设置库存所有者（更多了解代销功能）。如你收到的产品属于其他公司，它们将不会被计入库存计价。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." msgstr "你需有会计模块的访问权限才能看到这个按钮。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 msgid "" "In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " "value of $100." msgstr "在这种情况下，我看到入库的10张餐桌总价值为$100。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 msgid "" "I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " "case of automated inventory valuation)." msgstr "我还可访问生成的会计分录（如选择自动库存计价）。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "产品发货" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 msgid "" "In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " "be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." msgstr "按照相同的逻辑，餐桌发货后，库存计价将受到影响，你也可访问类似的信息。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 msgid "The inventory valuation report" msgstr "库存计价报告" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 msgid "" "The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " "(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " "Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " "clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " "information for a past date." msgstr "" "你可访问库存计价报告摘要（路径 :menuselection:`库存 --> 报告 --> " "库存计价`）。报告将分产品显示库存价值。点击*按日期显示库存*按钮，你还可查看过去日期的同类信息。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "仓库" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" msgstr "仓库和位置之间的差别是什么？" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " "are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " "warehouses." msgstr "在Odoo中, 在Odoo中 **仓库** 是你存放货物的实际的建筑／地方。你可以设置多仓库并在不同的仓库质检调拨。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 msgid "" "A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " "considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " "aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " "not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " "as much locations as you need under one warehouse." msgstr "" " **库位** 是仓库中的一个特定的位置。它可以被认为是仓库的下级, 一个货架, 一层楼, 一个通道, 等等。因此, 一个库位只能是你的仓库的一部分, " "不能把一个库位和多个仓库链接起来。在一个仓库下你可以配置足够多的库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" msgstr "有3种类型的位置 :" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " "warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " "unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." msgstr "" " **物理库位** 是你所拥有的仓库中的内部库位, 是你的仓库的一部分。它们可以是仓库中的装货区域, 卸货区域, 货架或者一个区域, 等等。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " "warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " "difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." msgstr " **业务伙伴库位** 是客户和／或供应商仓库中的位置。它们和物理库位的使用一样, 只不过这些库位的所有者不是你。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " "anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " "your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " "account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." msgstr "" " **虚拟库位** 是指在你仓库中没有实际物理地方的位置, 但是库存中没有实际存放(或是不再有)的产品可以放置在这里。当你要把产品移出你的库存(在 " "**盘点库位** ), 或者要计算那些已经采购但是还在路途中( **补货库位** )没有到你的仓库的产品的数量的时候, 就可以很方便的使用这种库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 msgid "" "In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " "locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " "you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " "organization of your warehouses." msgstr "" "在Odoo中, 库位按照级别进行架构组织。根据库位之间的父－子关系, " "你可以把库位配置为一个树形结构。这能让你对库存操作进行详细的分析以及对仓库进行更好的管理。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation` " #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" msgstr ":doc:`location_creation` " #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 msgid "Create a New Location" msgstr "创建新库位" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to be able to create different locations, you will need to activate" " *Multi-Locations* in the settings which can be done from the " ":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "为了创建不同库位，你需要前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`，然后启用*多库位*。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:15 msgid "" "In the *Inventory application*, you can now go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and hit *Create* in order to " "create a new location." msgstr "在*库存应用程序*中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 库位`并点击*创建*，以创建新库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:21 msgid "" "Type the name of the location in the *Location Name* field, and select the " "*Parent Location* in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " "partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" " to a location." msgstr "" "在*库位名称*字段中键入库位名称，然后在列表中选择*上级库位*。上级库位可以是物理库位、合作伙伴库位或虚拟库位，然后你可以按照需要添加足够多的下级库位。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 msgid "" "In case you want the location to be suggested when creating a Return or when" " Scrapping a product, you should check *Is a Scrap Location?* and *Is a " "Return Location?*." msgstr "如你希望在创建退货或报废产品时收到库位提示，你应勾选*是报废品库位吗？*和*是退货库位吗？*。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:33 msgid "" "If you have the *Barcode* application installed, you can specify the barcode" " which will correspond to this location." msgstr "如果安装了*条码*应用程序，你可指定这个库位对应的条码。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/location_creation.rst:37 msgid "" "A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " "hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " "containing all the sublocations in it." msgstr "一个仓库和一个库位对应, 因为库位是分级的, Odoo会自动的创建一个仓库的父库位, 随后所有的库位在该库位下。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 msgid "Create a New Warehouse" msgstr "创建新仓库" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to create a new warehouse, you should activate the *Multi-" "Warehouse* settings. Note that the *Multi-Locations* settings will be " "automatically activated at the same time." msgstr "如要创建新仓库，你应启用*多仓库*设置。注意，与此同时将自动启用*多库位*设置。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:12 msgid "" "In order to do so, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration" " --> Settings`." msgstr "为此，前往 :menuselection:`库存应用程序 --> 配置 --> 设置`。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:18 msgid "" "You can then go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Warehouses` and hit *Create* to add a new warehouse." msgstr "你可前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并点击*创建*，以添加新仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:24 msgid "" "You will be able to enter your warehouse name. You should also choose a " "short name for your warehouse which is 5-characters long and is used on the " "different warehouse documents." msgstr "你可输入仓库名称。你还需为仓库选择一个5个字符的缩写名称，它将用于不同的仓库文件。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:28 msgid "" "In the Address field, you can select an existing company or create one on-" "the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the one" " of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and edit " "it afterward." msgstr "" "在地址字段，你可以选择一个系统存在的公司或者顺手创建一个新公司。因此，你的仓库的地址将与你所选公司的地址一样。你还可以把该字段留空，然后稍后进行编辑。" #: ../../inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:36 msgid "" "After the creation of your new warehouse, you can go back to the *Dashboard*" " and you will see the new operation types automatically created by Odoo due " "to the creation of a new warehouse." msgstr "在创建新仓库后，你可返回*仪表板*，你将看到Odoo根据创建的新仓库自动创建的新作业类型。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "过程概览" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:25 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock" msgstr "从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:6 msgid "Create Storable/Consumable Products" msgstr "创建可库存/消耗产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:8 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:5 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The first step to use the inventory application is to create products in " "your database via the menu :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products`. Click " "the Create button and enter the name of your product." msgstr "" "使用库存应用程序的第一步是通过 :menuselection:`主数据 --> 产品`，在数据库中创建产品。点击创建按钮并输入你的产品名称。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:15 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:12 msgid "" "In case you set the product as *storable*, you will track the stock for this" " product and know how many units are in stock and what is the forecasted " "number of units. If you want to include a product on receipts/deliveries but" " don’t need to track its stock, you can set it as *consumable*." msgstr "" "如你将产品设置为*可库存*，你可追踪此产品的库存，知晓库存中产品件数及预测件数。如果你想加入产品收货/发货，但无需追踪其库存，则可设置为*消耗品*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:27 msgid "" "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a delivery to " "deliver products to your customers. The process in order to do so is " "described in the following print screens." msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建交货单，将产品交给客户。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:37 msgid "" "On the delivery order, you can specify to whom the products will be " "delivered along with the different products and their respective quantities." " When the delivery is complete you can hit *Validate* and the products will " "go out of your stock." msgstr "在交货单上，你可指定收货人、不同的产品及各自的数量。完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:45 msgid "" "In case you have a delivery that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " "validated, you can create a *planned delivery* with a scheduled date in the " "future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " "to what has been ordered by your customer. Once the document is filled in, " "you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " "forecasts." msgstr "" "如你已计划交货单，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划发货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据客户下单情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击“标记为待办事项”，以便将其计入产品预测。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:51 msgid "" "The default setting is the immediate transfer where you do not need to “Mark" " as to do” and “Check availability” when delivering a product." msgstr "默认设置为立即调拨，因此你无需“标记为待办事项”并在发货时*检查可用性*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:54 msgid "Deliver Products from Stock from a Sale Order" msgstr "按销售订单从库存发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/deliver_from_stock.rst:56 msgid "" "If you have the *Sales* application installed, delivery can be directly " "created by *validating a quotation*. You will be able to find the " "corresponding delivery directly on the *sale order*." msgstr "如你安装了*销售*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建交货单。你在*销售订单*上可直接找到对应的交货操作。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:3 msgid "Set your Initial Stock" msgstr "设置初始库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:12 msgid "" "Set the product as *storable*, in order to track the stock for this product " "and be able to include it in an inventory adjustment." msgstr "将产生设置为*可库存*，以追踪该产品的库存并将它纳入库存调整。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:19 msgid "Inventory Adjustment for Multiple Products" msgstr "多种产品的库存调整" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:21 msgid "" "Once you have created all your *storable products*, you can create an " "*inventory adjustment* to determine their current stock level in Odoo. You " "therefore need to go to :menuselection:`Operations --> Inventory " "Adjustments` and create a new one." msgstr "" "在创建完毕所有*可库存产品*后，你可创建*库存调整*，以判断它们在Odoo中的当前库存水平。因此，你需要前往 :menuselection:`作业 " "--> 库存调整`，并创建新的库存调整。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:29 msgid "" "You have to enter a title for your *inventory adjustment* and you can then " "decide if you want to proceed to the *inventory adjustment* of all products " "or only some of them. For a first *inventory adjustment*, I suggest you to " "keep the *Products* field empty. You can then *Start Inventory*." msgstr "" "你必须为*库存调整*键入标题，然后决定对所有或仅部分产品进行*库存调整*。对于首次*库存调整*，我建议你将*产品*字段留空。然后可*开始库存*。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:38 msgid "" "If you already have some products in stock, Odoo will add the lines with the" " theoretical quantity currently in stock. You can also add new lines with " "your other products." msgstr "如果库存中已有一些产品，Odoo将在库存现有的理论数量上添加新行。你也可为其他产品添加新行。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:46 msgid "" "If your products are tracked by Serial/Lot numbers, you will have an " "additional column allowing you to specify those for the different units " "added to the inventory adjustment." msgstr "如果你按序列号/批号追踪产品，你可增加一列，用于指定添加到库存调整各种不同的产品单位。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:50 msgid "" "Odoo will highlight in red the lines for which there is a difference between" " the theoretical quantity on hand, which is automatically computed by the " "system, and the counted quantity you manually entered. Once all the " "necessary products have been entered, you can hit *Validate Inventory* and " "the quantities on hand of your different products will be updated." msgstr "" "Odoo将以红色行突出显示库存的理论数量、系统自动计算数量和手动输入数量之间的差异。在输入所有必要的产品后，你可点击*确认库存*，系统将更新不同产品现有的数量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:58 msgid "Inventory Adjustment for one Product" msgstr "一种产品的库存调整" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:60 msgid "" "On each storable product, you have access to the *Update Quantity* button." msgstr "你可通过*更新数量*按钮，对每种可库存产品进行操作。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:66 msgid "" "When clicking this button, you see the current stock you have for this " "product. You can edit the existing lines or create new ones to add stock of " "your product in different locations and/or add new serial/lot numbers." msgstr "点击此按钮，你将看到这种产品的当前库存。你可编辑现有产品行，或创建新行并添加不同库位的产品库存和/或添加新序列号/批号。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:74 msgid "" "Once you come back to your product, you see that the quantity on hand as " "been updated taking your modification into account." msgstr "返回产品页面后，你可看到现有的产品数量已根据你的修改进行更新。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:81 msgid "" "If you work with product variants, the quantity on hand will show you the " "total quantity in stock for the product template, taking the different " "variants into account." msgstr "如你有不同产品变体，现有的产品数量将考虑产品不同变体，显示该产品模板的库存总量。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/initial_stock.rst:85 msgid "" "By default, the quantity on hand of the product form will show you the " "number of products that are part of your warehouse view location, meaning " "which are part of an internal type sub-location of this warehouse. It means " "that if you have any product in a location that isn’t under the main " "warehouse location, they won’t appear in the stock on hand stat button." msgstr "" "默认情况下，产品表单上的数量将显示仓库视图库位的产品数量，意味着这些产品是该仓库内部类型子库位的一部分。也就是说，如果在并非主仓库库位上有任何产品，它们就不会出现在库存统计按钮上。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:3 #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:22 msgid "Receive Products in Stock" msgstr "在库存接收产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:24 msgid "" "Once you have existing products, you can decide to create a receipt to enter" " products from your supplier in stock. The process in order to do so is " "described in the following print screens." msgstr "如你已有产品，则可决定创建收货文件，将来自供应商的产品入库。以下屏幕截图描述了执行此操作的过程 。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:34 msgid "" "On the receipt document, you can select the quantity of the different " "products you receive and the supplier from who you received them. When the " "receipt is complete, you can hit *Validate* and the products will enter your" " stock." msgstr "在收货文件上，你可选择你接收的不同产品数量及产品的供应商。收货完成后，你可点击*确认*，产品将进入你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:42 msgid "" "In case you have a receipt that is planned but shouldn’t be immediately " "validated, you can create a *planned receipt* with a scheduled date in the " "future. You can indicate the initial demand for each product, corresponding " "to what has been ordered to your supplier. Once the document is filled in, " "you can hit “Mark as to do” in order to consider it in your product " "forecasts." msgstr "" "如你已计划收货，但不应马上确认，你可创建*计划收货*并设定未来的日期。你可根据向供应商下单的情况，指明每种产品的初始需求。在文件填写完毕后，你可点击“标记为待办事项”，以便将其计入产品预测。" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:56 msgid "Receive Products in Stock from Purchase Orders" msgstr "按采购订单在库存收货" #: ../../inventory/overview/process/receive_in_stock.rst:58 msgid "" "If you have the *Purchase* application installed, receipts can be directly " "created by validating a *request for quotation*. You will be able to find " "the corresponding receipt directly on the *purchase order*." msgstr "如你安装了*采购*应用程序，可*确认报价*并直接创建收货文件。你在*采购订单*上可直接找到对应的收货操作。" #: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 msgid "Advanced Routes" msgstr "高级路线" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "概念" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" msgstr "在仓库中组织交叉转运" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 msgid "" "Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " "to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" " unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " "another truck." msgstr "交叉转运是指将收到的产品直接发给客户，而不让产品入库。卡车只需在*交叉转运*区卸货，以便重新整理产品并装到另一辆卡车上。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? `__" msgstr "" "关于如何组织仓库的更多信息，阅读博客：`什么是交叉转运？我适合使用交叉转运吗？ `__" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "这样还将启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" "现在，*入向*和*出向*的货物都可配置为2步完成。如要调整配置，前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库`并编辑你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`，这项修改将创建*交叉转运*路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "配置产品的交叉转运路线" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " "purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " "for it." msgstr "" "创建使用*交叉转运路线*的产品，然后，在库存选项卡中，选择*购买*和*交叉转运*路线。现在，在采购选项卡中，指定向其采购产品的供应商并设定价格。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " "The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " "Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " "area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " "your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" "完成后，为产品创建销售订单并确认。Odoo将自动创建与销售订单关联的两项调拨操作。第一项是从*入货库位*到*出货库位*的调拨操作，对应将产品移至*交叉转运*区域。第二项是从*出货库位*到*客户库位*的发货单。两者状态都是*等待其他作业*，因为你还需要向供应商订购产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "现在，前往*采购*应用程序。你可找到系统自动触发的采购订单。确认该订单，并在*入货库位*接收产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "当从供应商处接收产品后，你可返回初始采购订单，并将内部调拨从*入货*变为*出货*。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "交货单现已准备好，你可处理并确认交货单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" msgstr "如何做仓库间调拨？" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" "If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " "warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " "application in Odoo." msgstr "如果有不同的仓库, 并且想在不同仓库间调拨货物。因为有了Odoo这些变得都很容易。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 msgid "" "First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" "首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection:`在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " "选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 msgid "" "This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " "and routes in your warehouse." msgstr "如果想在你的仓库中管理多库位以及路线就需要勾选该选项。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 msgid "Creating a new warehouse" msgstr "创建一个新的仓库" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 msgid "" "The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " "click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " "**Create**." msgstr "" "下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " "创建新的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:32 msgid "" "Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " "characters maximum." msgstr "输入仓库名称和一个简称, 简称最多只能5个字。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:39 msgid "" "Please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " "your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" " an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." msgstr "请注意，**简称**非常重要，它会出现在调拨单和其他仓库单据上。使用容易理解的简称（例如：WH[库位的首字母]）是明智的做法。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:44 msgid "" "If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " "been generated for your new warehouse." msgstr "如果你回到仪表盘, 新的仓库会自动的生成作业类型。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:51 msgid "Creating a new inventory" msgstr "创建一个新的库存" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 msgid "" "If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " "inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" " you can skip this step." msgstr "" "如果你创建了一个新的仓库, 你可能在此之前已经有一些实际的库存。这样的话你就需在Odoo中创建一个盘点。如果没有库存的话, 就可以跳过该步骤。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:57 msgid "" "Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " "--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" "进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照**" " , **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:65 msgid "" "Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" " able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " "**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " "not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " "orders." msgstr "" "接下啦, 点击 **开始盘点** 。会弹出一个你可以输入当前产品的窗口。选择添加新的条目并确认仓库中的 **实际数量** 。理论数量不能更改, " "因为它代表着采购和销售相关的计算数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 msgid "" "Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " "all yours product." msgstr "一旦记录了所有的产品, 不要忘了校验你的库存。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:78 msgid "Create an internal transfer" msgstr "创建内部调拨" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 msgid "" "The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" " units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " "proceed as follows:" msgstr "最后一步就是创建内部调拨。如果你想把2片产品从第一个产品呢转移到布鲁塞尔的另外一个仓库, 可以按照以下步骤 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:84 msgid "" "From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " "warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." msgstr "在仪表盘上, 选择两个仓库中的其中一个内部调拨。要这样做, 点击菜单 :menuselection:`更多 --> 转移` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:90 msgid "" "A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " "zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " "(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." msgstr "一个新的窗口会打开, 在这里你可以选择源库位区域(这里是 **旧的仓库** )和目标区域(在这里是位于布鲁塞尔的 **新** 仓库)。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:94 msgid "" "Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " "don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." msgstr "通过点击 **添加新的条目** 添加想要调拨的产品, 做完之后不要忘了 **确认** 或者 **标记为待做** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:100 msgid "" "If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." msgstr "如果你选择了 **确认** , Odoo会处理待调拨的全部数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 msgid "" "If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " "Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " "products in your source warehouse." msgstr "如果你选择了 **标记为代办** , Odoo会把调拨单转换为 **等待可用** 状态。点击 **保留** 来保留源仓库中需要保留的数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:106 msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" msgstr "也有可能人工调拨每一个产品 :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." msgstr "通过仪表盘在源库位中选择调拨单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:113 msgid "Select the right transfer order" msgstr "选择正确的调拨单" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:118 msgid "" "3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " "open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " "indicate how much products you process" msgstr "3.在右下角铅笔的图标上点击打开详细操作窗口。在新的窗口中你可以手工的输入你想处理的产品数量。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:126 msgid "" "If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " "products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " "automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " "if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " "backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." msgstr "" "如果你决定部分的完成调拨单(例如因为未知事件造成了部分产品不能发货), Odoo会自动的问你是否需要创建一个 **未完成单子** " "。如果你想稍后完成剩下部分就创建一个未完成单子, 如果不打算稍后进一步操作就不创建未完成订单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" msgstr "从不同的仓库盘点库存" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " "products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " "need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" " this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" " those virtual warehouses." msgstr "" "当你计划向客户发货时，你事先不知道产品来自于A仓库还是B仓库。在某些情况下，你可能需要从不同仓库盘点库存。在*Odoo*中，你可利用虚拟仓库的概念配置这项功能。下面我们来看如何设置虚拟仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" msgstr "设置虚拟仓库" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" " warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " "from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " "multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " "create." msgstr "" "假设你有A、B两个仓库。创建一个新的虚拟仓库。它可以将A仓库的库存移至B仓库。为此，前往库存应用程序设置并启用多仓库功能。然后，进入仓库菜单并点击创建。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 msgid "" "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " "because you will need it later in the process." msgstr "*储存位置*功能将自动开启，因为你在之后的流程中也将使用它。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " "warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" " + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " "warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" " A+B." msgstr "" "现在，你需要确保A仓库和B仓库的主要库存位置是A+B仓库主要库存未知的子库位。前往库位菜单，并编辑两个仓库的主库位。然后，将其父库位更改为A+B仓库的主库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" msgstr "从虚拟仓库销售产品" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 msgid "" "Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" " warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " "Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " "information." msgstr "假设你有两种产品，一种储存在A仓库，另一种在B仓库。现在，你可为每种产品创建新报价。前往其他信息页面并在发货信息中选择A+B仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" " order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" " A and one in warehouse B." msgstr "完成后，你可将它转换为销售订单。然后，系统将自动生成交货单，在A仓库中预留一种产品，在B仓库中预留另一种产品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" msgstr "使用路线和推/拉规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " "should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " "in the retail channel." msgstr "在库存管理中，供应链策略确定何时应制造产品，何时将其交付给分销中心以及在零售渠道中可用。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 msgid "" "This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " "*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" " app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " "by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." msgstr "" "可以使用具有 *推拉规则* 功能的 *路线* 配置此类战略流程。 正确配置所有内容后，库存应用可以按照规则给出的说明自动生成转帐。 " "是的，Odoo简化了您的工作流程。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "在仓库内" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 msgid "" "Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " "a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " "shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " "trigger all the route's rules." msgstr "" "想象一个通用的仓库计划，您可以在其中找到收货码头，质量控制区域，存储位置，拣货和包装区域以及货运码头。 " "所有产品都会经过所有这些位置，这也会触发所有路线规则。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 msgid "" "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " "docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" " products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " "during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " "stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" "在此示例中，供应商的卡车在接收码头处卸下已订购货物。 然后，操作员在接收区域中扫描产品。 " "这些产品中的一些被发送到质量控制区域（例如，那些专门在制造过程中使用的产品），而其他产品则直接存储在它们各自的位置。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " "picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " "the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" "这是实现途径的示例。 早上，为当天需要准备的所有订单拣选物品。 这些项目是从存储位置中提取的，并移至靠近订单打包位置的提取区域。 " "然后，将订单包装在各自的盒子中，并用输送机将它们带到装运码头附近，准备将其交付给客户。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "工作原理是什么?" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 msgid "Pull Rules" msgstr "拉式规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "使用 *拉规则* ，对某些产品的需求会触发采购，而 *推规则* 是由到达特定位置的产品触发的。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 msgid "" "We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " "order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" " in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " "a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " "order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " "*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " "created." msgstr "" "我们可以说 *拉规则* 用于履行客户订单（销售订单）。 因此，Odoo会在 *客户位置* 生成订单中每种产品的需求。 由于 *拉规则* " "是由需求触发的，因此Odoo会在 *客户位置* 上查找 *拉规则* 。 在我们的案例中，找到了将产品从 *发货区域* 转移到 *客户地点* " "的交货单提取规则，并创建了两个地点之间的转移。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " "*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " "*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" "然后，Odoo发现了另一个拉规则，试图满足 *装运区域* 的需求: *包装规则* ，将产品从*包装区域* 转移到 *装运区域* " "。最后，其他规则被触发，直到创建了 *库存* 和 *拣货区* 之间的转移。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 msgid "" "All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " "going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " "opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " "order." msgstr "所有这些转移都是由Odoo预先生成的，从结尾开始一直逆向计算。 在工作时，操作员以倒序处理这些转移：首先是拣货，然后是包装，然后是交货单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 msgid "Push Rules" msgstr "推送规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " "pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " "products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" " product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" "另一方面，*推规则* 更容易理解。 当产品到达特定位置时，可以实时触发这些文档，而不是根据需要预先生成文档。 *推规则* " "基本上说：“当产品到达特定位置时，将其移动到另一个位置。”" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 msgid "" "A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " "move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " "different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" " products." msgstr "" "一个简单的例子是：当产品到达 *收货区* 时，将其移动到 *存储位置* 。 " "由于可以将不同的规则应用于不同的产品，因此可以为不同的产品分配不同的存储位置。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 msgid "" "Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " "*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " "their *Storage Location*." msgstr "另一个规则可能是：当产品到达某个位置时，将其移动到 *质量控制区* 。 然后，完成质量检查后，将它们移至 *存储位置* 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 msgid "" "*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " "upstream transfers." msgstr "仅当没有 *推规则* 预先生成上游传输时，才能触发 *推规则* 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 msgid "" "Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" " how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " "the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " "packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." msgstr "" "像这样的规则集称为路由。 规则上的分组定义了如何在同一转移中对产品进行分组。 " "例如，在拣货操作期间，所有订单都按一次转移进行分组，而打包操作则按照每个客户订单进行分组。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 msgid "Use Routes and Rules" msgstr "使用路线和规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " "manage advanced routes configuration such as:" msgstr "由于 *路线* 是 *推拉规则* 的集合，因此Odoo可帮助您管理高级路线配置，例如：" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" msgstr "管理产品的制造链;" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 msgid "Manage default locations per product;" msgstr "管理每个产品的默认位置；" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 msgid "" "Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " "quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" msgstr "根据业务需求定义仓库内的路线，例如品质管制，售后服务或供应商退货；" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "通过自动生成租赁产品的退货动作，帮助进行租赁管理。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 msgid "" "To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " "Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " "enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." msgstr "" "要配置上述路线之一，请打开 **库存应用** 然后转到 :menuselection:`设置 --> 设定` 。启用 *多步路线* 功能。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 msgid "" "The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" "Step Routes*." msgstr "*存储位置* 功能会通过 *多步路线* 自动激活。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 msgid "" "Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" "configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." msgstr "第一步完成后，您可以选择预配置路线或自定义路线。下面将对这两种方式进行说明。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 msgid "Pre-configured Routes" msgstr "预配置路线" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 msgid "" "Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " "it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " "There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " "incoming and outgoing shipments." msgstr "" "仓库菜单中提供了Odoo的预配置路线。 要找到它，请前往 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 仓库。 " "在此打开您的仓库并进行编辑，以查看进出货物的预配置路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 msgid "" "Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" " make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " "you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." msgstr "" "一些更高级的路线（例如分装船）已经配置为使您的生活更轻松。 这些是根据您的运输选择而定。 做出选择后，前往 :menuselection:`库存 -->" " 配置 --> 路线，查看Odoo为您生成的路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 msgid "" "Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " "route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " "warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." msgstr "打开其中一条路线，即可查看可以应用哪些路线。 在这里， *您的公司* 仓库中所有选定的产品类别都按照三步路线进行设置。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 msgid "" "Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " "configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" " source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" " rules for the pre-configured route." msgstr "" "尽管对很多企业来说这比较容易，但这个过程可能不适合您。因此，您可以配置自定义路线，在此路线中可以定义自己的规则，也可以定义每个动作的源头和目标位置。举个例子，以下是预置路线的规则。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 msgid "Custom Routes" msgstr "定制路线" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " "--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " "selected. Of course, combinations are available." msgstr "" "要创建自定义路线，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线` ，单击创建，然后可以选择此路线的位置。 " "当然，可以组合使用。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " "useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." msgstr "每个地方都有不同的行为，所以要只勾选有用的，并对每个路线进行相应的调整。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 msgid "" "When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " "route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " "can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " "the same category." msgstr "" "当将路线应用于产品类别（ (:menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 产品类别` ）时，路线中配置的所有规则都将应用于该类别 *每个*" " 产品。 例如，如果您对同一类别的所有产品都使用直接运送过程，则这可能很有用。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 msgid "" "The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " "the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " "conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." msgstr "相同的行为适用于仓库。 如果勾选 *仓库* ，则所有转移发生在所选仓库内，并且满足链接规则的条件，然后按照该路线进行。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 msgid "" "For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " "choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " "if some products go through different routes." msgstr "对于 *销售订单行* ，情况恰恰相反。 创建报价时，您必须自行选择路线。 如果某些产品采用不同的路线，这将非常有用。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 msgid "" "If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" " must be selected on the sales order, such as below." msgstr "当您工作中使用这种路线时，切记一定要在销售订单上选择，如下所示。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." msgstr "这样，就可以在文档的每条记录上选择路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " "or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" " on which product it must be applied." msgstr "最后，有些路线可以应用于产品。 这些功能或多或少类似于产品类别：选择后，您必须手动设置必须在哪个产品上应用它。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " "open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" " tab* and select the route you’ve created." msgstr "" "为此，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 主数据 --> 产品` 然后打开您要在其上应用路线的那个。. 然后转到 *库存选项卡* " "然后选择您创建的路线。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 msgid "" "If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " "forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " "are vital to have working routings." msgstr "从表面上看，如果路线的配置看起来很简单，请不要忘记我们尚未设置任何规则。 如果不难设置，那么对于工作路由至关重要。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 msgid "Rules" msgstr "规则" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 msgid "" "The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" " section, and click on *Add a line* button." msgstr "" "规则将在路线上定义。 为此，请转到 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 路线`, 然后转到 *规则* 部分，然后单击 *添加行*" " 按钮。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " "*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " "of them:" msgstr "可用规则触发各种动作。 如果Odoo提供 *推* 和 *拉* 规则，其他规则也是可用。 这是所有这些的一些解释：" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 msgid "" "**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " "specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " "validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " "When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " "fulfill this need." msgstr "" "**提货** ：该规则由特定库存位置中的产品需求触发。 需求可能来自已确认的销售订单，也可能来自需要特定组件的制造订单。 " "当需求出现在源位置时，Odoo会生成一个行动以满足需求。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 msgid "" "**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " "defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " "Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "**推送至** ：此规则由某些产品到达定义的来源位置触发。 万一您将产品移动到源位置，Odoo 会生成拣配以将这些产品移动到目标位置。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 msgid "" "**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " "situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " "specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " "fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " "rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " "products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" "**推拉** ：它允许在上述两种不同的情况下产生拣货。 这意味着当在特定位置需要产品时，会从先前的位置创建转移来满足该需求。 " "然后，在先前的位置创建需求，并触发一条规则来满足它。 一旦满足第二个需求，产品就会被推到第一个位置，所有需求都得到满足。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 msgid "" "**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" " quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 msgid "" "**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "**制造** ：当在源位置需要产品时，将创建制造订单以满足需求。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 msgid "" "You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " "which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " "the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." msgstr "您还必须定义 *操作类型* 。 此操作允许定义从规则创建哪种选择。 使用上面的屏幕截图，创建的拣配例如是内部转账。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 msgid "" "On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " "source location:" msgstr "另一方面，*供应方法* 允许定义在源位置发生的情况：" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " "source location;" msgstr "**从库存取货** ：产品取自源位置的可用库存；" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" " products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "**触发另一个规则** ：系统尝试查找库存规则以将产品带到源位置。 可用库存将被忽略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 msgid "" "**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " "taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " "available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " "source location." msgstr "" "**从库存取货，如果不可用，则触发另一个规则** ：产品取自源位置的可用库存。 如果没有可用的库存，系统将尝试找到一条规则以将产品带到源位置。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " "Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " "having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " "alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" "在 *计划* 部分中，您可以确定重新计划拣货链中的一个的行为。 如果您决定 *传播重新安排* ，则下一步也将重新安排。 " "如果您希望选择重新安排下一个动作的时间，则可以决定以 *下一个活动* 的形式接收。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 msgid "What about a full flow?" msgstr "怎么是完整的流程？" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 msgid "" "Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " "full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "还记得我们的拣选 - 包装 - 发货自定义路线吗？让我们用它来尝试一下高级定制路线的全流程。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 msgid "" "First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " "rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" msgstr "首先，快速浏览一下我们的规则及其提供方法：我们有3条规则，所有都是 **拉** 规则。 提供方法如下：" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 msgid "" "**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " "(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " "WH/Stock to fulfill the need." msgstr "" "**从仓库取货** ：当在仓库/包装区域中需要产品时，可以从仓库/库存中创建 *拣货*（从仓库/库存到仓库/包装区域的内部转移）来满足需求。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " "(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " "WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." msgstr "" "**触发另一个规则** ：当需要在仓库/包装区中放置产品时，可以从仓库/包装区创建 *包装* （从仓库/包装区到仓库/输出的内部转移）来满足需求。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 msgid "" "**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " "Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " "the need." msgstr " **Trigger Another Rule**: 当合作伙伴/客户需要产品时，会从WH/Output中创建送货单以满足需求。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 msgid "" "This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " "created to fulfill the order." msgstr "这意味着，当客户订购产品时，会创建一个送货单来完成订单。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 msgid "" "If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " "In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " "transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" "如果源文件是同一个销售订单，状态就不一样了。事实上，如果列表中的前一次转账还没有完成，则状态将会是**Waiting Another " "Operation**。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 msgid "" "To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " "an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "为准备订单，输送机需要产品在输出区域内完成包装，因此需从包装区进行一次内部调货。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "显然，包装区要有待包装的产品。所以，需发起一次内部调货，然后员工才可以从仓库集货。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 msgid "" "As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " "process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " "triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" " internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " "ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" "正如本文档介绍中所解释的，流程中的最后一步（这里是送货单）是第一个被触发的，然后触发其他规则，直到我们到达流程中的第一步（这里是从库存到包装区的内部转移）。现在，一切都准备好了，客户可以得到订购的商品。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 msgid "" "In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " "have been triggered and the transfers done." msgstr "在我们的案例中，当所有的规则被触发并完成转账后，产品就会交付给客户。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" msgstr "上架和下架策略" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "什么是上架策略？" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 msgid "" "A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" " uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" " taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " "the most appropriate location." msgstr "" "优秀的仓库实施方案会确保产品自动移至合适的目的地库位。为了简化这一流程，Odoo使用*上架策略*功能。但什么是上架策略？上架是指从接收到的货物中分出产品并将它们直接送至最合适的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " "because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "例如，如果仓库中存有挥发性物质，我们必须确保某些可能发生化学反应的产品不得彼此靠近。这就是上架策略的作用，避免储存产品中出现错误。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " "will be automatically activated." msgstr "在*库存*应用程序中，前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置`并启用*多步路线*。这样，系统将自动启用*储存位置*功能。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" msgstr "设置上架策略" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 msgid "" "In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" " to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." msgstr "在某些情况下，就像零售店储存蔬菜水果一样，我们必须将产品储存在不同库位，以确保产品品质。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 msgid "" "Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" "locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." msgstr "假设我们有一个*WH/Stock*库位和*WH/Stock/蔬菜*及*WH/Stock/水果*两个子库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 msgid "" "To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " "*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " "Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " "location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " "location." msgstr "" "为了管理这些库位，我们必须创建入库规则。为此，打开*库存*应用程序并前往 :menuselection:`配置 --> " "上架策略`。然后，点击创建并配置第一条规则，指定产品将进入的主要库位，然后再重定向到正确的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" "The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." msgstr "上架策略可按每种产品或每个产品类别定义。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 msgid "" "Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " "in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " "thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " "Report*, under the reporting menu." msgstr "" "现在，有了上架策略，如果我向供应商购买苹果和胡萝卜，它们将被归入同一批收货，但自动重定向到正确的库位。你可前往报告菜单的*库存报告*，查看这一信息。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " "the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " "control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " "date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 msgid "" "When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" " can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " "depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " "the *Location*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" "Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " "scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" " product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" "Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " "the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" " situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " "Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " "the products fitting your settings the best." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 msgid "" "On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " "for delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 msgid "" "When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " "triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " "that has entered your stock the first." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 msgid "" "To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " "warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " "each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " "00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " "you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " "transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " "00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " "00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 msgid "" "So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " "requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" " period." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 msgid "" "The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " "moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" " some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " "lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 msgid "" "To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " "Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " "screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " "the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " "the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " "for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " "the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" "So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" " transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" "This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " "obsolete products in your stock." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 msgid "" "The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " "others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " "the product entered the stock." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" "Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " "forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " "Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" " boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " "the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " "20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " "on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " "requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " "all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " "date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " "that expires the sooner after 20002." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 msgid "" "Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " "strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " "expiration date from the order date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 msgid "Use Removal Strategies" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 msgid "" "To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " "*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " "*Lots & Serial Numbers*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 msgid "" "To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 msgid "" "Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " "first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " "short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " "outdated styles in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " "All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " "stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 msgid "" "The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " "contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " "Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " "that lot are the first ones to move out." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" "On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" " numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "" "With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " "that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " "products without a shelf life." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" "Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," " let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " "category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " "Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 msgid "" "Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " "products are from lots 000003 and 000002." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 msgid "" "With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " "reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " "their expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 msgid "" "To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " ":doc:`the related doc " "<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" "By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " "dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" " by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 msgid "" "To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " "Removal Strategy*." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 msgid "" "For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" " of them." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr " **批次 / 序列号** " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Product**" msgstr " **产品** " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr " **到期日期** " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 msgid "" "When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " "numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" " closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." msgstr "" #: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 msgid "Shipping" msgstr "送货" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "发货作业" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" msgstr "如何取消发给货代的发货请求？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和第三方货代公司的追踪系统链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 msgid "" "It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "这会让你能够管理货运公司, 实际价格和目的地。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." msgstr "你可以轻易的取消已经到货代系统中的货运请求。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" msgstr "如何取消发货请求？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 msgid "" "If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " "made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." msgstr "如果交货单还没有 **被确认** , 那么该请求不会生效。你可以取消该发货单或者变更货代。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 msgid "" "If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " "should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" " the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " "Tracking Ref**:" msgstr "" "如果你点击了 **确认** , 发货请求就已经生成, 你可以得到云帆好以及标签。你可以可以取消该请求, 只需要在 **货运单号** 旁边的 **取消**" " 点击即可。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." msgstr "你会看到发货已经被取消掉。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." msgstr "现在你还可以变更货代。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" msgstr "如何在取消之后发送发货请求？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" "After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " "to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " "get a new tracking number and a new label." msgstr "在取消发货请求后, 你可以把货代变更为你想要的。通过点击 **发送给货代** 按钮确认。你会得到一个新的运单号以及一张新的标签。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "如何就运费给客户开票？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" msgstr "有两种方式给运输成本开票 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" msgstr "和客户达成一个协议成本价并在销售订单中固定下来" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." msgstr "按照运输的实际成本发货。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" "You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " "rules." msgstr "你可以手工的给运费设置价格 :可以是固定的也可以根据相关规则。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 msgid "" "Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " "document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "或者你可以使用货运公司的计算系统。点击文档 :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" msgstr "如何就运费成本给客户开票？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" msgstr "按销售订单上的价格开票" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 msgid "" "On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " "**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "在销售订单上, 选择正确的货代。点击并选择正确的 **发货方式** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "当你点击 **保存** 销售订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候计算价格。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 msgid "" "To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "要给销售订单上的交货价格开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它会在销售订单上添加一个交货方式名称的产品。价格和实际价格可能会不同。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票的金额会采用订单上的金额。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" msgstr "给运费的实际成本开票" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " "order and proceed to deliver the product." msgstr "价格会在你 **保存** 订单的时候计算出来。确认订单并且完成发货。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 msgid "" "The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" " can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." msgstr "在确认交货单时计算实际运费，你可在发货单聊天记录中查看实际费用。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 msgid "" "Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." msgstr "回到销售订单, 实际成本已经添加到销售订单中。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 msgid "" "When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." msgstr "当你创建发票的时候, 发票金额会用货代计算的金额。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 msgid "" "If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " "add a line to the sale order." msgstr "如果你把发货单分开并且分成好几个, 每一个发货单给订单添加一行。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " "linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " "manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " "finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." msgstr "" "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含与第三方的货代的追踪信息集成。它可以让你管理货运公司, 运输的实际价格和目的地。最终, " "你可以在Odoo直接打印运单上的标签。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" msgstr "安装货代公司的接口模块" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 msgid "" "In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" "在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 msgid "Then click on **Apply**." msgstr "点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 msgid "Configure the delivery method" msgstr "配置发货方式" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created." msgstr "选定货代的发货方式已经被自动创建。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 msgid "" "In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " "will be handled and computed by the shipper system." msgstr "在 **价格** 页面, 货代供应商的名称意味着该发货单会被货代的系统处理和计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" msgstr "货代的配置被分成两栏 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" " more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发关键字, 密码, ……)。更多信息请参见货运供应商的网站。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid "" "The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " "packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." msgstr "第二栏根据 **供应者** 的不同而有所差别。你可以选择包材类型, 服务类型, 单位重量……" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." msgstr "一旦完成测试, 就不要勾选 **测试模式** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 msgid "Company configuration" msgstr "公司配置" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid "" "In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " "information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." msgstr "为了计算正确的价格, 供应商需要知道你的公司信息。确保地址和电话号码的信息都是正确的。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 msgid "" "To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " "**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " "data**." msgstr "要查看你的信息, 进入 **设置** 应用并点选 **通用设置** 。点击第一个链接 **配置公司信息** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" "The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " "computation cannot be done." msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" " the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "产品页面上的重量的默认计量单位是千克。如果使用英制计量单位的话, 不要忘了单位之间的转换。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" msgstr "如何打印发货标签？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " "information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息, 但是如果你需要的话, 你可以变更货代。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 msgid "" "If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" " third party shipper in the additional info tab." msgstr "如果你在库存模块下创建一个发货转移, 你可以在额外的信息页签中添加第三方货代信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码和 **标签** ." #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 msgid "" "The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" msgstr "黏贴在包裹上的标签可以在下方的历史信息中找到 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" msgstr "点击打开单据并打印 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 msgid "" "If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " "one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." msgstr "如果你在使用多包裹发货功能, 大多数情况下, 每一个包裹一个标签。每张标签都可以显示在交货历史中。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" msgstr "如何管理同一张交货单的多个包裹？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 msgid "" "By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " "But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " "fully integrated with the third-party shippers." msgstr "默认状况下, Odoo会认为发货单只有一个包裹构成, 但是你可以在一张发货单上配置多个包裹。它和第三方货运公司完全集成起来。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 msgid "" "To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" "要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " ":栈板, 箱子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 msgid "Sale order" msgstr "销售订单" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." msgstr "点击 **交货方式** 选择正确的一个。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" msgstr "多包裹发货" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it." msgstr "从销售订单创建的发货单会带出发货信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." msgstr "在这里, 你可以把要发的货物分成不同的包" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 msgid "" "Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " "column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." msgstr "在 **完成** 栏位选择你想要放进该包裹的产品的数量, 然后点击 **放进一个包裹** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." msgstr "它会总动的创建所需数量的包裹。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." msgstr "其余的产品可以按照同样的步骤进行打包。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." msgstr "一旦完成, 点击 **确认** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" msgstr "第3方货代的多包裹" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" "Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " "The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " "the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "一旦交货单被确认后, 你就能收到追踪号。 **运单追踪号** 会被自动填好。点击货运供应商网站上的 **追踪** 按钮可以查看你的发货单。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 msgid "" "The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " "underneath:" msgstr "要黏贴在包裹上的 **标签** 可以在下面的历史信息中找到 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "发货设置" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" msgstr "如何设置发货方法" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " "default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " "but also on your e-commerce." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 但是该功能在默认设置下没有激活。交货方式可以用在销售订单上, 交货单上还可以用在电商中。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 msgid "" "Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " "the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " "compute the real price and the packagings." msgstr "交货方式能让你管理货代供应商的公司, 价格以及目的地。你甚至还可以集成Odoo和外部的货运公司来计算实际价格和包装" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 msgid "Install the inventory module" msgstr "安装库存模块" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 msgid "" "Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " "**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" " order to see it :" msgstr "交货方式是由 **发货成本** 模块处理的。进入 **APP** 并搜索该模块。s搜索的时候你需要在过滤栏位移除 **APP**: " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 msgid "" "If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" " install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." msgstr "如果你想把交货方式和电商集成, 你需要安装 **电商发货** 模块。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." msgstr "首先设置一个名称以及一个物流公司" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 msgid "" "Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." msgstr "然后你必须要设置价格。它可以被修复或者基于规则。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 msgid "" "If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " "price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " "option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." msgstr "" "如果价格是固定的, 点选 **固定价格** 。你只需要定义一个价格。如果你想要在在达到一定数量时免运费, 点选 **如果总量大于某一点免运费** " "并设置一个价格。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 msgid "" "If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " "**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " "weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." msgstr "" "如果价格根据规则不同而不同, 点选 **基于规则** 。点击 **添加一个价格规则的新条目** 。选择一个或者基于重量, 容积, 价格或者数量的条件。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " "can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " "limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." msgstr "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 msgid "" "You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " "price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" "你可以把Odoo和外部的货代公司进行集成, 这样可以计算实际的价格, 包装, 以及处理打印装箱单的标签等。参照 " ":doc:`third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "交货流程" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " "to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " "**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " "product." msgstr "" "现在你吗可以在销售订单上选择 **交货方式** 。如果你想在销售订单上对运费进行开票, , 点击 **设置价格** , " "它就会把交货方式作为一种产品名称添加到订单行上。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" msgstr "运费模板" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." msgstr "你可以在发货单上添加或者变更发货方法" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 msgid "" "On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " "chosen delivery method." msgstr "在发货单上, 查看 **货代信息** 。货代就是发货方式" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "如何得到用于集成DHL到Odoo的证书？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" msgstr "若您想使用 Odoo 的 DHL API接口，您需要：" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" msgstr "DHL.com 网站账号" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A DHL Password" msgstr "DHL 密码" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 msgid "A DHL Account Number" msgstr "DHL 账号" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 msgid "" "Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " "Rest of the world)" msgstr "获取美国以外的国家和地区(英国和其他世界各国)的网站ID账号和密码" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 msgid "" "You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " "Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." msgstr "您需要联系DHL账号管理中心请求XML格式的API扩展接口。DHL售前工程师应给您相关接口凭据等信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" msgstr "获取美国网站ID账号和密码" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 msgid "" "You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " "details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." msgstr "" "您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:24 msgid "" "In meantime, for testing the solution, you can use the tests credentials as " "given in the demo data:" msgstr "同时，为了测试解决方案，您可以使用演示数据中给出的测试凭据：" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:26 msgid "**SiteID**: CustomerTest" msgstr "**用户名**: CustomerTest" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:28 msgid "**Password**: alkd89nBV" msgstr "**密码**: alkd89nBV" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:30 msgid "**DHL Account Number**: 803921577" msgstr "**DHL 账号**: 803921577" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 msgid "" "Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " "Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " "allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " "destination." msgstr "Odoo可以处理不同的交货方式, 包含第三方货代。Odoo可以和货运公司的追踪系统链接。这会让你管理货代公司, 运输价格以及目的地。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" "The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " "created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" " provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" " shipping." msgstr "" "货代供应商的交货方式已经自动创建了。大多数情况下, 一些货代供应商会有 **2** 种交货方式 :一个是 **国际运输** , 一个是 **国内运输**" " 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 msgid "" "You can create other methods with the same provider with other " "configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." msgstr "你还可以用其他配置给同一个供给创建其他方式, 例如 **包装类型** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 msgid "" "You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " "will appear on your ecommerce." msgstr "你可以更改发货方式的 **名称** 。该名称会显示在电商模块中。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." msgstr "如何准备使用的话, 就标记为 **可以发货** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "在价格栏位, 选择在 **价格计算** 下面的的货代意味着价格是由货代系统计算出来的。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" msgstr "货代配置被拆分为两列 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "第一个和 **你的账户** 链接(开发者秘钥, 密码, ……), 更多信息参照货代的网站。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" "Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " "limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " "the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " "providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " "United States." msgstr "" "最终我们可以把发货方式局限在几个目的位置。你可以把它们限制为一些国家, 省份甚至邮编。这种特性限制了电商的国家列表。对国内的用户很有用。例如 USPS " "US只在美国国内运输。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" "The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " "make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." msgstr "产品页面中的重量默认的用千克表示。如果使用英制单位, 不要忘了进行转换。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " "method** to choose the right one." msgstr "现在你可以在销售订单选择货代。点击 **发货方式** 选择正确的一个。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 msgid "" "The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." msgstr "在你保存订单或者点击 **设置价格** 的时候价格就会计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 msgid "" "If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " "click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " "method as a product. It may vary from the real price." msgstr "如果你想要给销售订单的运费开票, 点击 **设置价格** , 它就会把运输方式作为一个产品名称添加到销售订单上。可能和实际价格存在差异。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 msgid "" "Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " "automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" " document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" msgstr "" "不然, 实际价格(发货单确认的时候会计算)会自动的添加到发票中。详情请参照文档 :doc:`../operation/invoicing` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 msgid "" "The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " "from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." msgstr "销售订单产生的发货单会从销售订单带出发货信息。如果有需要的话, 可以更改货代信息。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 msgid "" "The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" " be computed once the transfer is validated." msgstr "发货重量根据产品的重量计算。一旦调拨确认后运输成本就会计算。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 msgid "" "Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" " ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " "to check your delivery on the provider website." msgstr "点击 **验证** 接收追踪号码。 **承运商追踪参考** 字段会被自动填上。在货代的网站上点击 **追踪** 按钮查看发货单。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels` " #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" msgstr "如何得到用于集成UPS的证书？" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" msgstr "要使用Odoo UPS API, 你需要 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" msgstr "一个 UPS.com 用户 ID 和密码" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" msgstr "一个UPS 账户号" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 msgid "An Access Key" msgstr "登陆秘钥" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" "An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" " UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "访问密钥是一个16字符的字母数字代码, 允许访问的窗口开发工具包的开发和生产服务器。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" msgstr "创建一个UPS账号" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" " you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " "Service in order to to open an account." msgstr "注意 :只有在美国本土的客户才可以在线开启UPS账户。如果你不在美国本土, 你需要和UPS客服联系取得账号" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" "You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "`_" msgstr "" "在UPS主页你可以得到更加详细的关于如何申请UPS账号的信息 :\n" " `_" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 msgid "" "If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " "online profile by following these steps:" msgstr "如果你还没有UPS账号, 你可以根据以下步骤创建一个在线的配置 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 msgid "" "1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" " click the **New User** link at the top of the page." msgstr "" "1．用 `www.ups.com ` 登入UPS.com网站并在页面上方点击 **新用户** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 msgid "" "2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " "complete the registration process." msgstr "2．点击 **MyUPS注册** 按钮, 按照以下流程完成注册过程。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 msgid "" "If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " "follows:" msgstr "如果你已经有了UPS账号, 你可以把它添加在以下的在线配置中" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 msgid "" "Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " "User ID and Password." msgstr "使用UPS.com用户名和密码登录`UPS.com网站 `_)。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." msgstr "点击 **My UPS** 页签。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." msgstr "点击 **账户概要** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 msgid "" "4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " "Details** section of the page." msgstr "4．在该页的 **UPS 账户详情** 部分点击 **添加现有的UPS账户** 链接。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 msgid "" "5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " "**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" " States.q" msgstr "" "5. 在 **添加新的账户** 窗口, 输入 **UPS 账户号码** , **账户名称** , 以及 **邮编** 等字段, 默认的国家是美国" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." msgstr "点击 **下一个** 按钮继续。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 msgid "Get an Access Key" msgstr "获取访问密匙" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 msgid "" "After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " "request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" msgstr "在添加了UPS 账户号码到你的用户属性中之后, 你将可以从UPS得到登陆秘钥 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 msgid "" "Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " "`_" msgstr "前往`UPS开发工具包网页 `_" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" msgstr "用你的用户ID和密码登陆UPS.COM" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 msgid "Verify your contact information" msgstr "验证联系信息" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." msgstr "点击 **请求访问密匙** 按钮。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 msgid "" "The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " "with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " "contact." msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **登陆秘钥** , 同时带有登陆秘钥的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中"